Skip to main content

Chapter 4 · 24 hours

Electric System Design of a Power Plant

IOE past exam questions

Past questions and answers

62 questions set from this chapter, 13 of them more than once. Most asked first.

  • Asked 5 times
  • 2082 Shrawan · 6 marks
  • 2079 Jestha · 8 marks
  • 2075 Bhadra · 6 marks
  • 2074 Bhadra · 6 marks
  • 2071 Bhadra · 6 marks

Compare Brushless Excitation System with Static Excitation System for a synchronous generator on the basis of schematic diagram, operating range, accessories required, cost and so on.

Answer

Both systems supply DC to the rotor field of a synchronous generator. A brushless system uses a shaft-mounted AC exciter with rotating diodes, so no brushes are needed. A static system takes power from the generator terminals through a transformer and a thyristor bridge, and feeds the field through slip rings and brushes.

Schematic diagrams

 BRUSHLESS EXCITATION
        stationary | rotating (on shaft)
 PMG/aux --> AVR   |
 supply     |      |
            v      |
   Exciter field   |  Exciter armature (3-ph)
   (stator) ~~~~~~~|~~~~> |
                   |   Rotating diode bridge
                   |      |
                   |   Main field (rotor)
                   |      |
               Main generator stator --> Grid
 STATIC EXCITATION
 Gen terminals --+---------------> GSU --> Grid
                 |
          Excitation transformer
                 |
          Thyristor bridge <-- AVR
                 |
          Field breaker
                 |
        Brushes + slip rings
                 |
          Main field (rotor)

Comparison

BasisBrushless excitationStatic excitation
Power sourceAC exciter on shaft (with PMG or aux supply to AVR)Generator terminals via excitation transformer
RectifierRotating diode bridgeStationary thyristor bridge
Brushes/slip ringsNoneRequired
ControlAVR controls exciter field; acts through exciter time constantAVR fires thyristors directly on main field
Response speedSlower (about 0.5–1 s exciter time constant)Very fast (tens of ms), high ceiling voltage
Negative field forcing / fast de-excitationNot possible (diodes)Possible (inverter mode, field breaker)
Operating rangeGood for steady loads; limited transient supportWide; best for stability, PSS, large swings
Behaviour during close-in faultUnaffected if PMG-fedCeiling drops with terminal voltage; needs field flashing for start
AccessoriesRotating diodes, diode fuses, diode-failure and rotor earth-fault monitoring (telemetry), PMGExcitation transformer, thyristor bridge with cooling, field breaker, de-excitation resistor, field flashing (battery), brush gear
MaintenanceVery low; no carbon dustBrush and slip ring maintenance; carbon dust
Field measurementRotor current and temperature not directly measurableDirectly measurable
CostEconomical for small and medium machines; becomes costly for large ratingsEconomical for large machines; extra cost of transformer and brushes
Typical useSmall/medium hydro, diesel and remote plantsLarge hydro and thermal units on strong grid

Conclusion: brushless is chosen where low maintenance and reliability matter (small to medium, remote plants); static is chosen for large units where fast response and transient stability matter.

  • Asked 5 times
  • 2081 Chaitra · 6 marks
  • 2081 Shrawan · 8 marks
  • 2079 Shrawan · 4 marks
  • 2078 Kartik · 6 marks
  • 2075 Bhadra · 4 marks

Describe the major steps that to be followed for design of earthing (grounding) mat in power station and its switchyard.

Answer

A grounding (earthing) mat is a buried grid of horizontal conductors with vertical rods under a powerhouse and switchyard. It must carry fault current to earth safely and keep step and touch voltages within tolerable limits. Design normally follows IEEE Std 80.

Layout

  +----+----+----+----+   Horizontal grid
  |    |    |    |    |   (Cu or GI conductor
  +----+----+----+----+    at 0.5-0.8 m depth)
  |    |    |    |    |
  +----+----+----+----+   o = earth rods
  o    |    |    |    o
  +----+----+----+----+

Steps

  1. Site data: area of switchyard/powerhouse; measure soil resistivity ρ\rho by the Wenner four-pin method; resistivity of surface layer (crushed rock) ρs\rho_s.
  2. Fault current and time: find maximum earth fault current 3I03I_0, split factor SfS_f and decrement factor DfD_f:
IG=Df Sf 3I0I_G = D_f\, S_f\, 3I_0

Fault clearing time tft_f and shock duration tst_s (e.g. 0.5–1 s). 3. Conductor size: from IEEE 80 (Onderdonk-type) formula

Amm2=ITCAP×10−4tc αr ρrln⁡K0+TmK0+TaA_{mm^2} = \frac{I}{\sqrt{\dfrac{TCAP\times 10^{-4}}{t_c\,\alpha_r\,\rho_r}\ln\dfrac{K_0+T_m}{K_0+T_a}}}

then add corrosion allowance and mechanical minimum. 4. Tolerable step and touch voltages (50 kg body):

Estep=(1000+6Csρs)0.116tsEtouch=(1000+1.5Csρs)0.116ts\begin{aligned} E_{step} &= (1000 + 6C_s\rho_s)\frac{0.116}{\sqrt{t_s}} \\ E_{touch} &= (1000 + 1.5C_s\rho_s)\frac{0.116}{\sqrt{t_s}} \end{aligned}
  1. Initial design: choose grid spacing DD, depth hh, total conductor length LTL_T and number of rods, covering the whole area plus about 1 m beyond the fence.
  2. Grid resistance (Sverak):
Rg=ρ[1LT+120A(1+11+h20/A)]R_g = \rho\left[\frac{1}{L_T} + \frac{1}{\sqrt{20A}}\left(1 + \frac{1}{1 + h\sqrt{20/A}}\right)\right]
  1. Ground potential rise: GPR=IGRgGPR = I_G R_g. If GPR<EtouchGPR < E_{touch}, the design is safe; go to step 10.
  2. Mesh and step voltages:
Em=ρKmKiIGLM,Es=ρKsKiIGLSE_m = \frac{\rho K_m K_i I_G}{L_M},\qquad E_s = \frac{\rho K_s K_i I_G}{L_S}
  1. Check and modify: require Em<EtouchE_m < E_{touch} and Es<EstepE_s < E_{step}. If not, reduce spacing, add conductors or rods, add crushed rock, or extend the grid, and repeat.
  2. Detailed design: connect all equipment frames, neutrals, fences, lightning arresters and cable sheaths; check transferred potentials; target resistance typically below 1 Ω for large stations.
  • Asked 3 times
  • 2082 Shrawan · 6 marks
  • 2074 Bhadra · 6 marks
  • 2073 Magh · 5 marks

Discuss the various factors which should be considered for the choice of generator during the design of a power plant.

Answer

The generator must match the turbine, the grid and the site. The main factors are:

  1. Rating (MVA) and power factor: S=Pturbine ηg/cos⁡ϕS = P_{turbine}\,\eta_g / \cos\phi; power factor usually 0.85–0.9 lagging so the unit can supply reactive power. Some overload margin (e.g. 10%) is often specified.
  2. Rated voltage: usually 6.6 kV or 11 kV for hydro units (higher, e.g. 13.8–15.75 kV, for very large units); chosen with GSU and bus/cable cost.
  3. Speed and number of poles: fixed by the turbine: N=120f/pN = 120f/p. Hydro units are slow, salient-pole machines with many poles.
  4. Shaft arrangement: vertical (large Francis/Kaplan) or horizontal (small Pelton/Francis).
  5. Reactances and SCR: Xd′′X''_d sets fault level and breaker rating; SCR and XdX_d set stability and voltage regulation.
  6. Inertia constant (GD²): larger inertia limits speed rise on load rejection and improves stability, but costs more.
  7. Efficiency and losses: high efficiency (above 97–98%) saves energy over the plant life.
  8. Insulation and temperature rise: class F insulation with class B temperature rise is common; altitude derating above 1000 m.
  9. Cooling: air-cooled (open or closed with air–water coolers) for hydro.
  10. Excitation system: brushless for small/medium units, static for large units.
  11. Neutral grounding: high-resistance grounding via NGT.
  12. Grid requirements: capability curve, reactive power range, fault ride-through, harmonics.
  13. Transport and erection limits: weight and size on hill roads; split stator if needed.
  14. Standards and cost: IEC 60034; capital cost versus loss capitalisation.

Example

For a 10 MW turbine output, ηg=0.97\eta_g = 0.97, pf 0.85: generator rating =10×0.97/0.85≈11.4= 10 \times 0.97/0.85 \approx 11.4 MVA, 11 kV, 50 Hz; if the turbine speed is 600 rpm, poles =120×50/600=10= 120 \times 50/600 = 10.

  • Asked 3 times
  • 2078 Kartik · 4 marks
  • 2074 Magh · 3+5 marks
  • 2074 Bhadra · 6 marks

What is the significance of short circuit ratio (SCR) in design of synchronous generator? Show analytically its impact on stability of the power system.

Answer

Significance of SCR in generator design

  • Air gap and size: a high SCR needs a low XdX_d, i.e. a larger air gap and more field ampere-turns; the machine becomes larger, heavier and costlier.
  • Stability: higher SCR gives a higher steady-state power limit and stronger synchronizing torque.
  • Voltage regulation: higher SCR → smaller voltage drop with load, so better regulation.
  • Fault level: higher SCR → higher steady short-circuit current, so heavier switchgear.
  • Line charging: a high-SCR machine can charge long, lightly loaded lines without self-excitation.
  • Losses: a larger field current increases field losses. So SCR is a compromise between cost and performance; hydro generators connected by long lines are usually given SCR of about 1.0–1.2 or more.

Impact on stability

Short circuit ratio (SCR) is the ratio of field current needed to produce rated open-circuit voltage to the field current needed to circulate rated armature current on a sustained three-phase short circuit:

SCR=If (rated OC voltage)If (rated SC current)≈1Xd (p.u., saturated)SCR = \frac{I_f\ (\text{rated OC voltage})}{I_f\ (\text{rated SC current})} \approx \frac{1}{X_d\,(\text{p.u., saturated})}

Typical values: salient-pole hydro generators 1.0–1.5; cylindrical-rotor turbo generators 0.5–0.7.

Analytical relation with stability

Power delivered by a generator (neglecting resistance and saliency) to an infinite bus:

P=EVXdsin⁡δ=E V (SCR)sin⁡δP = \frac{E V}{X_d}\sin\delta = E\,V\,(SCR)\sin\delta
  • Maximum (steady-state limit) power: Pmax=EVXd=E V (SCR)P_{max} = \dfrac{EV}{X_d} = E\,V\,(SCR). Lower SCR → lower PmaxP_{max}.
  • Load angle for given load: sin⁡δ=PE V (SCR)\sin\delta = \dfrac{P}{E\,V\,(SCR)}. Lower SCR → larger δ\delta, closer to the 90° limit.
  • Synchronizing power coefficient: Ps=dPdδ=E V (SCR)cos⁡δP_s = \dfrac{dP}{d\delta} = E\,V\,(SCR)\cos\delta. Lower SCR → smaller restoring torque after a disturbance.

Numerical illustration (E=1.8E = 1.8 p.u. kept the same, V=1V = 1 p.u., P=0.85P = 0.85 p.u.):

SCRXdX_d (p.u.)PmaxP_{max} (p.u.)δ\deltaPsP_s (p.u./rad)Margin (Pmax−P)/Pmax(P_{max}-P)/P_{max}
1.20.8332.1623.17°1.98660.6%
1.01.0001.8028.18°1.58752.8%
0.61.6671.0851.91°0.66621.3%

So the lower the SCR, the lower the stability margin (higher δ\delta, smaller PmaxP_{max} and PsP_s).

On a PP–δ\delta graph, a lower SCR gives a flatter sine curve with a lower peak, so the operating point sits closer to the peak and a smaller disturbance can push the machine out of step.

  • Asked 3 times
  • 2081 Shrawan · 4 marks
  • 2073 Bhadra · 4 marks
  • 2071 Magh · 4 marks

What could be the consequences of using higher or lower short circuit ratio (SCR) for a synchronous generator?

Answer

Short circuit ratio SCR≈1/XdSCR \approx 1/X_d (p.u.). Its value changes the size, cost and behaviour of a synchronous generator.

AspectHigher SCR (low XdX_d)Lower SCR (high XdX_d)
Air gapLargerSmaller
Size, weight, costLarger, heavier, costlierSmaller, cheaper
Field current and lossesHigherLower
Steady-state stability limit EV/XdEV/X_dHigher, more stableLower, less stable
Synchronizing powerHigherLower
Voltage regulationBetter (less drop)Poorer
Short-circuit currentHigher; heavier CBsLower
Line-charging capabilityGood, resists self-excitationPoor
EfficiencySlightly lower (more field loss)Slightly higher

Consequences in brief

  • Too high SCR: an over-sized, expensive machine with higher fault levels and more field losses; benefits may not justify the cost.
  • Too low SCR: cheaper machine but poor stability margin and voltage regulation; needs fast excitation (static, with PSS) and careful operation; risk of losing synchronism on a weak grid.
  • Typical values: hydro (salient pole) 1.0–1.5, turbo generators 0.5–0.7.
  • Asked 3 times
  • 2081 Chaitra · 6 marks
  • 2073 Magh · 3+2 marks
  • 2072 Asoj · 4 marks

Discuss working of a brushless excitation with necessary schematic diagram. When would you recommend using such excitation system?

Answer

A brushless excitation system supplies DC to the rotor of a synchronous generator without brushes or slip rings. A small AC exciter and a diode rectifier are mounted on the generator shaft, so the rectified current goes straight into the field winding.

Schematic

 BRUSHLESS EXCITATION
        stationary | rotating (on shaft)
 PMG/aux --> AVR   |
 supply     |      |
            v      |
   Exciter field   |  Exciter armature (3-ph)
   (stator) ~~~~~~~|~~~~> |
                   |   Rotating diode bridge
                   |      |
                   |   Main field (rotor)
                   |      |
               Main generator stator --> Grid

Working

  1. A permanent magnet generator (PMG) on the same shaft (or an auxiliary supply) feeds the AVR.
  2. The AVR compares generator terminal voltage with the set value and controls the DC current in the stationary field of the AC exciter.
  3. The exciter armature rotates with the shaft and produces three-phase AC.
  4. A rotating diode bridge on the shaft converts this AC into DC.
  5. This DC flows directly into the main field winding on the rotor; the main generator then produces terminal voltage.
  6. If voltage falls (load increase), the AVR raises exciter field current → exciter output rises → main field current rises → terminal voltage is restored.
  7. Fuses protect the diodes; a rotor earth-fault relay works through a slip-ring-free telemetry or injection device.

When to recommend brushless excitation

  • Small and medium hydro plants, especially remote or unmanned stations in Nepal, where low maintenance is important.
  • Where carbon dust from brushes is a problem (enclosed or humid powerhouses) or in hazardous atmospheres.
  • High-speed machines (horizontal Pelton/Francis units, turbo generators) where slip ring wear is high.
  • Where the generator feeds a weak/isolated system and a PMG-fed AVR keeps excitation during faults.
  • When very fast excitation response is not required for system stability (for large units on a stressed grid, static excitation is preferred).
  • Asked 3 times
  • 2082 Shrawan · 6 marks
  • 2079 Chaitra · 4 marks
  • 2077 Chaitra · 4 marks

List out the necessary protection schemes to be employed for a medium size generator in a power plant.

Answer

A medium size generator (roughly 5–100 MVA) is protected against internal faults, abnormal operating conditions and system disturbances. Typical schemes, with ANSI device numbers:

ANSIProtectionPurpose
87GGenerator differentialFast clearing of stator phase-to-phase faults
87GT / 87TOverall gen-transformer / transformer differentialFaults in GSU and connections
64G (59N + 27TN)Stator earth fault (95% neutral overvoltage + 100% third harmonic)Earth faults in stator winding (high-resistance grounded via NGT)
64RRotor (field) earth faultFirst earth fault in field winding
40Loss of excitation (field failure)Prevents running as induction generator and drawing VArs
46Negative phase sequenceUnbalanced loads/open phase; rotor heating
32Reverse powerMotoring when turbine power is lost
51V / 21Voltage-restrained overcurrent / impedanceBackup for external faults
49Stator thermal overload (RTDs)Overheating
59 / 27Over/under voltageLoad rejection, AVR failure
81O / 81UOver/under frequencySpeed and grid frequency deviations
24Overfluxing (V/Hz)Protects generator and GSU core
78Pole slipping (out of step)Loss of synchronism
50/27Inadvertent energisationBreaker closed at standstill
50BFBreaker failureBackup tripping of adjacent breakers

Mechanical/hydraulic protections

Overspeed, bearing and oil temperature, vibration, cooling water failure, low oil pressure, shear pin failure.

Tripping logic

Faults like 87G, 64G, 64R (second stage) trip the GCB, field breaker and turbine (emergency shutdown); abnormal conditions like 46, 49 or 81 first alarm, then trip after a time delay.

  • Asked 3 times
  • 2074 Magh · 5+3 marks
  • 2071 Magh · 5+3 marks
  • 2070 Bhadra · 5+3 marks

Explain any two scheme of unit generator transformer combination used in power plant on the basis of fault level, maintenance outage and efficiency. Also draw the single line diagram for both of the scheme.

Answer

In a power plant, the generator is connected to the grid through a step-up transformer. Two common schemes are (1) the unit scheme, one generator to one transformer, and (2) the grouped (combined) scheme, two generators to one transformer.

Scheme 1: Unit connection (one generator – one transformer)

   G1          G2
   |           |
  GCB         GCB
   |---UAT     |---UAT
  GSU1        GSU2
   |           |
  HV CB       HV CB
   |           |
 ===================== HV bus
  • Fault level: a fault on the generator bus is fed by one generator plus the grid through one GSU impedance; LV fault level is lower, so GCB and bus duct ratings are smaller.
  • Maintenance outage: a GSU fault or maintenance takes out only its own unit; other units keep running. Each unit is independent.
  • Efficiency: each transformer runs close to full load when its unit runs; when a unit is off, its transformer can be disconnected, so no-load losses are saved. But total no-load and load loss of several small transformers is higher than one large transformer, and cost is higher.
  • Reliability: highest; widely used for large units.

Scheme 2: Grouped connection (two generators – one transformer)

   G1          G2
   |           |
  GCB1        GCB2
   |           |
 ================ LV (11 kV) bus
         |---- Station transformer
        GSU (2 x unit rating)
         |
        HV CB
         |
 ================ HV bus
  • Fault level: a fault on the LV bus is fed by both generators plus the grid, so the LV fault level is much higher; GCBs and bus need higher breaking capacity.
  • Maintenance outage: a GSU fault or maintenance takes out both units, so energy loss is larger. A generator can be taken out by its own GCB while the other runs.
  • Efficiency: one large transformer has lower cost per MVA and lower total losses at full load; but when only one unit runs (dry season), the transformer runs at half load and its full no-load loss remains.
  • Cost: fewer transformers, HV breakers and bays, so cheaper and smaller switchyard; common for small and medium hydro in Nepal.

Comparison

BasisUnit schemeGrouped scheme
LV fault levelLowerHigher
GCB ratingSmallerLarger
Outage on transformer faultOne unitBoth units
Transformer lossesHigher total, but idle transformer can be switched offLower at full load; no-load loss always present
Switchyard costHigher (more bays)Lower
FlexibilityHighLower
  • Asked 3 times
  • 2079 Jestha · 8 marks
  • 2073 Magh · 6 marks
  • 2070 Magh · 8 marks

Develop a typical specification while procuring a power transformer to be used in power plant design.

Answer

A technical specification for a power plant's power (step-up) transformer lists the ratings, design, performance and test requirements so that bidders quote a transformer that fits the plant and grid. A typical specification (following IEC 60076) for a hydropower GSU is:

ItemTypical specification
Type, applicationOutdoor, oil-immersed, 3-phase, two-winding, generator step-up
StandardIEC 60076 (all parts)
Rated powere.g. 30 MVA (ONAN) / 37.5 MVA (ONAF)
Rated voltage ratioe.g. 132 / 11 kV
Frequency50 Hz
Vector groupYNd11 (HV star neutral solidly earthed)
ImpedanceAbout 10–12.5% on rated MVA (with tolerance per IEC)
Tap changerOff-circuit ±2 × 2.5% on HV (or OLTC if grid needs it)
CoolingONAN/ONAF (or OFWF in cavern powerhouses)
Insulation level (BIL)HV 650 kVp lightning impulse, 275 kV power frequency (for 145 kV class); LV 75 kVp, 28 kV
Temperature riseTop oil 60 K, average winding 65 K over 40 °C ambient
AltitudeDerating/insulation correction above 1000 m
LossesGuaranteed no-load and load losses, capitalised in bid evaluation
Efficiency, regulationStated at rated load and 0.85 pf
Noise levele.g. below 75 dB(A)
Short-circuit withstand2 s thermal, dynamic per IEC 60076-5
Core and windingCRGO core; copper windings; disc/helical type
OilMineral oil to IEC 60296
BushingsPorcelain/composite, with bushing CTs for protection
AccessoriesConservator with air-cell, silica gel breather, Buchholz relay, PRV, OTI, WTI, MOG, drain/filter valves, rollers, earthing terminals, marshalling box
TestsRoutine (ratio, polarity, resistance, impedance, losses, dielectric), type (temperature rise, impulse) and special tests; FAT witnessed
TransportMax weight and dimensions for hill road access; nitrogen-filled transport if needed
Documents and sparesDrawings, manuals, recommended spares, warranty

The rating is fixed from generator MVA (e.g. two 15 MVA units → 30 MVA), impedance from fault-level and stability studies, and BIL from the insulation coordination of the HV system.

  • Asked 2 times
  • 2081 Chaitra · 4 marks
  • 2078 Chaitra · 6 marks

What is capability curve of a generator? Describe briefly.

Answer

A capability curve (P–Q chart) of a synchronous generator shows the region of active power PP and reactive power QQ in which the generator can operate continuously without exceeding thermal and stability limits. Operators use it to set loading and VAr output.

 Q (lagging, over-excited)
  ^
  |-------._    field heating limit
  |         '.
  |           \
  |            |  <- turbine limit
  |            |     (P = Pmax)
  +------------+---> P
  |            |  <- stator heating
  |           /      limit (circle S)
  |   ______.'
  |  under-excitation /
  |  stability limit
  v
 Q (leading, under-excited)

Limits that form the curve

  1. Stator (armature) current heating limit: P2+Q2=(VIa)2=S2P^2 + Q^2 = (V I_a)^2 = S^2; a circle centred at the origin with radius equal to rated MVA.
  2. Field (rotor) current heating limit: maximum excitation emf EmaxE_{max} gives a circle centred at (0,−V2/Xs)(0, -V^2/X_s) with radius EmaxV/XsE_{max}V/X_s. This limits the lagging (over-excited) region.
  3. Prime mover (turbine) limit: maximum turbine output, a vertical line P=PmaxP = P_{max}.
  4. Under-excitation limits: in the leading region, the steady-state stability limit (δ\delta approaching 90°, with practical margin) and stator end-core heating limit the VAr absorption.
  5. Minimum load limit: some turbines (e.g. Francis) cannot run stably below about 40% load.

Use

  • Rated point lies where the stator circle meets the field circle at rated power factor (e.g. 0.85 lagging).
  • Shows how much reactive power the unit can supply or absorb at a given PP, needed for grid voltage control and for setting AVR limiters (over-excitation and under-excitation limiters).
  • Asked 2 times
  • 2082 Shrawan · 4 marks
  • 2081 Chaitra · 2+4 marks

What is neutral grounding transformer (NGT)? Also describe the steps to find optimal size of NGT.

Answer

A neutral grounding transformer (NGT) is a single-phase distribution-type transformer connected between the generator neutral and earth, with a resistor on its secondary. The resistor, reflected to the primary as a high resistance, gives high-resistance grounding of the generator.

   Generator (star)
     \ | /
      \|/  neutral
       |
   NGT primary (e.g. 11 kV/sqrt3)
     |||
   NGT secondary (e.g. 240 V)
       |
      [R]  loading resistor
       |    + 59N relay across R
      ===  earth

Purpose: limits stator earth fault current to about 5–15 A, preventing core damage; limits transient overvoltages during arcing faults; allows sensitive stator earth fault protection (59N relay across the resistor).

Steps to find optimal size of NGT

  1. Total capacitance to earth per phase C0C_0: stator winding, generator bus duct/cables, GSU LV winding, surge capacitors and VT windings.
  2. Capacitive earth fault current:
IC=3ωC0Vph,Vph=VL3I_C = 3\omega C_0 V_{ph}, \quad V_{ph} = \frac{V_L}{\sqrt{3}}
  1. Choose resistor current IR≥ICI_R \geq I_C (resistance not more than the capacitive reactance), so that transient overvoltage stays below about 2.6 p.u.:
RN≤13ωC0R_N \leq \frac{1}{3\omega C_0}
  1. NGT voltage ratio: primary rated at generator phase-to-neutral voltage (often line voltage for safety margin), secondary e.g. 240 V; turns ratio n=V1/V2n = V_1/V_2.
  2. Secondary resistor value: R2=RN/n2R_2 = R_N / n^2.
  3. NGT kVA rating: S=Vph×IRS = V_{ph} \times I_R (short-time rating for 1 min or until protection trips), giving a smaller, cheaper transformer than a continuous rating.
  4. Check: total fault current If=IR2+IC2I_f = \sqrt{I_R^2 + I_C^2} is within the allowed limit (typically below 10–15 A) and the relay sensitivity covers about 95% of the winding.
  • Asked 2 times
  • 2082 Shrawan · 6 marks
  • 2073 Magh · 3 marks

Which circuit breaker would you think suitable as generator circuit breaker (GCB) in hydropower station, and why?

Answer

A generator circuit breaker (GCB) is placed between the generator and the step-up transformer. For a hydropower station, an SF6 generator circuit breaker (or a vacuum GCB for small and medium units), designed and tested to IEEE C37.013 / IEC 62271-37-013, is suitable. A normal distribution breaker built to IEC 62271-100 is not adequate.

Why a special GCB is needed

  1. High DC component: the generator circuit has a high X/R ratio, so the fault current DC offset decays slowly; currents can have delayed current zeros. The GCB must interrupt such asymmetric currents.
  2. High rate of rise of TRV: the transformer and generator have small capacitance, so the transient recovery voltage rises very fast; SF6 and vacuum interrupters can withstand it.
  3. High continuous current: e.g. a 30 MVA unit at 11 kV carries about 1.6 kA; large units carry tens of kA.
  4. Out-of-phase switching: the GCB must interrupt during unsuccessful synchronisation.
  5. Frequent operation: hydro units start and stop daily (peaking), so a long mechanical and electrical life is needed.

Why SF6 (or vacuum)

  • SF6 has excellent arc-quenching and dielectric strength, handles high currents and asymmetry, and is compact; it is the usual choice for medium and large hydro units.
  • Vacuum GCBs are compact and maintenance-free for small/medium units; precautions: current chopping may cause overvoltage, so surge arresters and RC surge suppressors are fitted near the generator and transformer.
  • Air-blast and oil breakers are obsolete for this duty.

Benefits of using a GCB

  • Generator faults are cleared fast and selectively; the unit is synchronised on the LV side.
  • Station auxiliaries can be fed from the grid through the GSU when the generator is off (back-feeding), so a separate station transformer may not be needed.
  • Better protection of the GSU and generator, higher plant availability.
  • Asked 2 times
  • 2074 Magh · 5 marks
  • 2071 Magh · 6 marks

Discuss electrical characteristics of unit transformer that to be considered during its selection.

Answer

The unit transformer (generator step-up transformer of a unit) connects a generator to the HV system. Its electrical characteristics must suit both the generator and the grid.

Electrical characteristics considered

  1. Rated MVA: at least the generator rated MVA (e.g. 15 MVA for a 12.75 MW, 0.85 pf unit); some margin for overload and the unit auxiliary load.
  2. Voltage ratio: LV equal to generator voltage (e.g. 11 kV); HV equal to grid voltage plus margin for line drop (e.g. 132 kV).
  3. Vector group: YNd11 is common: delta on generator side blocks zero-sequence and third harmonics; star-earthed HV gives an earthed system.
  4. Percentage impedance: about 8–14%. Higher impedance reduces fault level and breaker rating; lower impedance improves voltage regulation and stability. Fixed by fault-level and stability studies.
  5. Tappings: off-circuit taps (e.g. ±2 × 2.5%) or OLTC on HV, to match grid voltage and control VAr flow.
  6. Losses and efficiency: no-load (iron) and load (copper) losses are capitalised; low losses save energy for 30+ years.
  7. Insulation level (BIL) and temperature rise: HV BIL as per insulation coordination; temperature rise per IEC 60076 (oil 60 K, winding 65 K); altitude correction above 1000 m.
  8. Cooling: ONAN/ONAF for outdoor; OFWF in underground powerhouses.
  9. Overfluxing capability: must withstand V/Hz rise on load rejection (e.g. 1.1 p.u. continuous, 1.4 p.u. for a few seconds).
  10. Short-circuit withstand: thermal and dynamic for 2 s per IEC 60076-5.
  11. Magnetising inrush and noise level.
  12. Standards: IEC 60076.
  • 2071 Bhadra · 5+5 marks

Discuss the various factors which should be considered for the choice of generator during the design of a power plant. Also clarify analytically that lower the short circuit ratio (SCR), lower be the stability of the system.

Answer

Factors for the choice of generator

  1. Rating (MVA) and power factor: S=Pturbine ηg/cos⁡ϕS = P_{turbine}\,\eta_g / \cos\phi; power factor usually 0.85–0.9 lagging so the unit can supply reactive power. Some overload margin (e.g. 10%) is often specified.
  2. Rated voltage: usually 6.6 kV or 11 kV for hydro units (higher, e.g. 13.8–15.75 kV, for very large units); chosen with GSU and bus/cable cost.
  3. Speed and number of poles: fixed by the turbine: N=120f/pN = 120f/p. Hydro units are slow, salient-pole machines with many poles.
  4. Shaft arrangement: vertical (large Francis/Kaplan) or horizontal (small Pelton/Francis).
  5. Reactances and SCR: Xd′′X''_d sets fault level and breaker rating; SCR and XdX_d set stability and voltage regulation.
  6. Inertia constant (GD²): larger inertia limits speed rise on load rejection and improves stability, but costs more.
  7. Efficiency and losses: high efficiency (above 97–98%) saves energy over the plant life.
  8. Insulation and temperature rise: class F insulation with class B temperature rise is common; altitude derating above 1000 m.
  9. Cooling: air-cooled (open or closed with air–water coolers) for hydro.
  10. Excitation system: brushless for small/medium units, static for large units.
  11. Neutral grounding: high-resistance grounding via NGT.
  12. Grid requirements: capability curve, reactive power range, fault ride-through, harmonics.
  13. Transport and erection limits: weight and size on hill roads; split stator if needed.
  14. Standards and cost: IEC 60034; capital cost versus loss capitalisation.

Lower SCR gives lower stability (analytical proof)

Short circuit ratio (SCR) is the ratio of field current needed to produce rated open-circuit voltage to the field current needed to circulate rated armature current on a sustained three-phase short circuit:

SCR=If (rated OC voltage)If (rated SC current)≈1Xd (p.u., saturated)SCR = \frac{I_f\ (\text{rated OC voltage})}{I_f\ (\text{rated SC current})} \approx \frac{1}{X_d\,(\text{p.u., saturated})}

Typical values: salient-pole hydro generators 1.0–1.5; cylindrical-rotor turbo generators 0.5–0.7.

Analytical relation with stability

Power delivered by a generator (neglecting resistance and saliency) to an infinite bus:

P=EVXdsin⁡δ=E V (SCR)sin⁡δP = \frac{E V}{X_d}\sin\delta = E\,V\,(SCR)\sin\delta
  • Maximum (steady-state limit) power: Pmax=EVXd=E V (SCR)P_{max} = \dfrac{EV}{X_d} = E\,V\,(SCR). Lower SCR → lower PmaxP_{max}.
  • Load angle for given load: sin⁡δ=PE V (SCR)\sin\delta = \dfrac{P}{E\,V\,(SCR)}. Lower SCR → larger δ\delta, closer to the 90° limit.
  • Synchronizing power coefficient: Ps=dPdδ=E V (SCR)cos⁡δP_s = \dfrac{dP}{d\delta} = E\,V\,(SCR)\cos\delta. Lower SCR → smaller restoring torque after a disturbance.

Numerical illustration (E=1.8E = 1.8 p.u. kept the same, V=1V = 1 p.u., P=0.85P = 0.85 p.u.):

SCRXdX_d (p.u.)PmaxP_{max} (p.u.)δ\deltaPsP_s (p.u./rad)Margin (Pmax−P)/Pmax(P_{max}-P)/P_{max}
1.20.8332.1623.17°1.98660.6%
1.01.0001.8028.18°1.58752.8%
0.61.6671.0851.91°0.66621.3%

So the lower the SCR, the lower the stability margin (higher δ\delta, smaller PmaxP_{max} and PsP_s).

Physically, a low SCR means a high synchronous reactance, i.e. weak magnetic coupling between rotor and stator through a small air gap; the generator must swing to a larger angle to transmit the same power, leaving less margin before it slips a pole.

  • 2070 Magh · 5+3 marks

Discuss the various factors which should be considered for the choice of generator during the design of a power plant. Also mention the significance of short circuit ratio in the selection of generator.

Answer

Factors for the choice of generator

  1. Rating (MVA) and power factor: S=Pturbine ηg/cos⁡ϕS = P_{turbine}\,\eta_g / \cos\phi; power factor usually 0.85–0.9 lagging so the unit can supply reactive power. Some overload margin (e.g. 10%) is often specified.
  2. Rated voltage: usually 6.6 kV or 11 kV for hydro units (higher, e.g. 13.8–15.75 kV, for very large units); chosen with GSU and bus/cable cost.
  3. Speed and number of poles: fixed by the turbine: N=120f/pN = 120f/p. Hydro units are slow, salient-pole machines with many poles.
  4. Shaft arrangement: vertical (large Francis/Kaplan) or horizontal (small Pelton/Francis).
  5. Reactances and SCR: Xd′′X''_d sets fault level and breaker rating; SCR and XdX_d set stability and voltage regulation.
  6. Inertia constant (GD²): larger inertia limits speed rise on load rejection and improves stability, but costs more.
  7. Efficiency and losses: high efficiency (above 97–98%) saves energy over the plant life.
  8. Insulation and temperature rise: class F insulation with class B temperature rise is common; altitude derating above 1000 m.
  9. Cooling: air-cooled (open or closed with air–water coolers) for hydro.
  10. Excitation system: brushless for small/medium units, static for large units.
  11. Neutral grounding: high-resistance grounding via NGT.
  12. Grid requirements: capability curve, reactive power range, fault ride-through, harmonics.
  13. Transport and erection limits: weight and size on hill roads; split stator if needed.
  14. Standards and cost: IEC 60034; capital cost versus loss capitalisation.

Significance of SCR in generator selection

SCR≈1/XdSCR \approx 1/X_d (p.u.). It is specified in the purchase specification because:

  • Stability: steady-state limit Pmax=EV (SCR)P_{max} = EV\,(SCR); higher SCR gives a larger stability margin, important for plants connected to the grid through long lines.
  • Voltage regulation: higher SCR gives less voltage change with load.
  • Line charging: high SCR prevents self-excitation when charging long, unloaded lines.
  • Cost and size: higher SCR needs a larger air gap and more field copper, making the machine heavier and costlier.
  • Fault level: higher SCR raises short-circuit current and switchgear rating. Typical selection: hydro units about 1.0–1.2 (salient pole), turbo units 0.5–0.7.
  • 2079 Chaitra · 6 marks

Discuss logics behind recommending brushless excitation system over static excitation system.

Answer

A brushless excitation system uses a shaft-mounted AC exciter and rotating diodes, while a static excitation system uses a thyristor bridge fed from the generator terminals with slip rings and brushes. Brushless is recommended mainly for reliability, low maintenance and independence from terminal voltage.

 BRUSHLESS EXCITATION
        stationary | rotating (on shaft)
 PMG/aux --> AVR   |
 supply     |      |
            v      |
   Exciter field   |  Exciter armature (3-ph)
   (stator) ~~~~~~~|~~~~> |
                   |   Rotating diode bridge
                   |      |
                   |   Main field (rotor)
                   |      |
               Main generator stator --> Grid

Logic behind recommending brushless over static

  1. No brushes or slip rings: removes the main wear part of the static system; no brush replacement, no sparking, no carbon dust that contaminates windings and causes insulation failure.
  2. Low maintenance and high availability: ideal for remote, small and medium hydro plants in Nepal where skilled staff and spares are limited.
  3. Self-contained supply: with a PMG-fed AVR, excitation does not depend on generator terminal voltage, so excitation stays available during close-in faults and the machine can build up voltage without field flashing from a battery; this helps black start.
  4. Better for high speeds: slip ring wear and heating grow with peripheral speed, so high-speed units favour brushless.
  5. Safer environment: no open sparking; suitable for dusty, humid or hazardous areas.
  6. Fewer external components: no excitation transformer, large thyristor cubicle or field breaker; less space in the powerhouse.
  7. Economical for small and medium ratings.

Limitations to keep in mind

  • Slower response (exciter time constant), no negative field forcing, so less help for transient stability.
  • Rotor current and diode health are hard to monitor; a failed diode needs shutdown to replace.
  • For large units on a weak grid, static excitation remains the better choice.
  • 2080 Chaitra · 6 marks

Discuss brushless excitation system. Also mention its pros and cons in comparison to its best possible alternative.

Answer

A brushless excitation system supplies the synchronous generator field from a shaft-mounted AC exciter whose output is rectified by a rotating diode bridge, so no brushes or slip rings are needed between the exciter and the main field.

Working

  1. A small permanent magnet generator (PMG) or station supply feeds the AVR.
  2. The AVR controls a thyristor bridge that feeds the stationary field of the AC exciter.
  3. The AC exciter has a rotating armature on the main shaft. Its 3-phase output goes to a rotating diode rectifier mounted on the same shaft.
  4. The rectified DC goes directly to the main generator field winding.
 PMG --> AVR --> Exciter field (stator)
                       |
   ===== shaft ========|=====================
   Exciter armature -> Rotating diodes -> Main field
   (rotating)          (rotating)        (rotor)
                                            |
                         Main stator --> Gen terminals

Best alternative

The best alternative is the static (thyristor) excitation system, where the field is fed from the generator terminals through an excitation transformer and thyristor bridge, using slip rings.

Pros of brushless excitation (compared with static)

  • No brushes or slip rings: low maintenance, no carbon dust, no brush sparking; good for remote, unmanned plants and hazardous areas.
  • Excitation power is taken from the shaft, so it is independent of generator terminal voltage; it can supply field current during close-in faults (good for fault current support and relay operation).
  • Self-contained with a PMG: no need for an external supply or field flashing at start.
  • Fewer external power components (no large excitation transformer or high-current thyristor cubicle).

Cons of brushless excitation (compared with static)

  • Slow response: the exciter field time constant (about 0.5–1 s) adds delay, so transient stability support is poorer than static excitation (response in tens of ms).
  • No fast field de-excitation: the main field cannot be forced negative or shorted quickly; field suppression after a fault is slow because the decay depends on the rotor time constant.
  • Rotating diodes and fuses cannot be inspected while running; diode failure needs special monitoring.
  • Longer shaft and extra rotating mass; higher cost for very large machines.
  • Rotor field current and voltage cannot be measured directly.
FeatureBrushlessStatic
Brushes/slip ringsNoneNeeded
ResponseSlowVery fast
De-excitationSlowFast (inverting)
MaintenanceLowBrush upkeep
Fault-time supplyMaintainedDrops with VtV_t
Typical useSmall–medium hydro, dieselLarge hydro, thermal
  • 2081 Shrawan · 6 marks

Explain static excitation system. Also highlight its pros and cons in comparison to its best possible alternative.

Answer

A static excitation system is one in which the generator field is fed with DC from a thyristor (SCR) rectifier that has no rotating parts. The power is taken from the generator terminals through an excitation transformer and reaches the rotor through slip rings and brushes.

Working

  1. An excitation transformer connected to the generator terminals steps the voltage down.
  2. A fully controlled 3-phase thyristor bridge rectifies it. The AVR changes the firing angle α\alpha to control the field voltage, Vf∝1.35 Vaccos⁡αV_f \propto 1.35\,V_{ac}\cos\alpha.
  3. The DC goes to the field through slip rings. A field breaker and a discharge resistor/crowbar are provided for de-excitation.
  4. At start the terminal voltage is zero, so field flashing from the station battery or AC supply builds up the initial voltage.
 Gen terminals -> Exc. transformer -> Thyristor bridge
                                           |
            PT, CT -> AVR (firing angle) --+
                                           v
 Battery -> Field flashing -> Field CB -> Slip rings
                                           |
                                      Main field

Best alternative

The main alternative is the brushless excitation system: an AC exciter with rotating diodes mounted on the shaft.

Pros (compared with brushless)

  • Very fast response: the field voltage changes almost at once. A high ceiling voltage (often 1.6–2 times rated or more) improves transient stability.
  • Fast de-excitation: the bridge can work in inverter mode (negative field voltage) to kill the field quickly during internal faults.
  • No rotating exciter, so the shaft is shorter and the machine is simpler. Easy to fit in an existing plant.
  • Field voltage and current can be measured directly, and PSS and limiters can be added easily.
  • Thyristors are easy to reach for maintenance and redundant bridges can be used.

Cons (compared with brushless)

  • Needs slip rings and brushes, so brush wear, carbon dust and regular maintenance.
  • Supply comes from the generator terminals, so during a close three-phase fault the terminal voltage collapses and the excitation is lost unless there is compound (CT) support. Fault current may decay before the relays act.
  • Needs field flashing for start.
  • The thyristors produce harmonics and shaft voltages. Cooling and a large transformer are needed.
PointStaticBrushless
ResponseVery fastSlow
BrushesRequiredNone
Field suppressionFastSlow
Fault-time supportWeakGood
Typical useLarge hydro/thermalSmall–medium units
  • 2073 Magh · 5 marks

Discuss the working of Brushless excitation system and static excitation system with proper schematic diagram.

Answer

Both are modern excitation systems for synchronous generators. They differ in where the rectifier is and how DC reaches the field.

Brushless excitation system

  • A PMG (pilot exciter) on the shaft supplies the AVR.
  • The AVR feeds DC to the stationary field of the main AC exciter.
  • The AC exciter armature rotates with the shaft and produces 3-phase AC.
  • A rotating diode bridge on the shaft rectifies it and feeds the main field directly. No brushes are needed.
  • The AVR controls the exciter field, which in turn controls the main field.
 PMG ---> AVR ---> Exciter field (stationary)
                         :  (air gap)
 [ROTOR] Exciter armature -> Diode bridge -> Main field
                                                :
 Main stator ---> Generator terminals ---> PT/CT to AVR

Static excitation system

  • An excitation transformer fed from the generator terminals supplies a thyristor bridge.
  • The AVR compares the terminal voltage with the set value and changes the firing angle of the thyristors.
  • The DC output goes to the rotor through a field breaker and slip rings/brushes.
  • At start, field flashing from the battery gives the initial field until the voltage builds up.
 Gen terminals -> Exc. transformer -> Thyristor bridge
                                          |  (alpha)
                       AVR <- PT, CT      |
                                          v
 Battery -> Field flashing -> Field CB -> Slip rings
                                              |
                                          Main field
ItemBrushlessStatic
RectifierRotating diodesStationary thyristors
BrushesNoYes
ResponseSlowerVery fast
  • 2079 Chaitra · 8 marks

Describe the working principle of electronic based automatic voltage regulator with suitable diagrams.

Answer

An electronic automatic voltage regulator (AVR) keeps the generator terminal voltage at the set value by measuring it continuously and adjusting the field current through power-electronic switches (thyristors or transistors), with no moving parts.

Principle

It is a closed-loop (feedback) control system. The error between the reference voltage VrefV_{ref} and the measured voltage VtV_t is amplified and used to change the exciter field:

Efd=KA (Vref−Vt+Vs)E_{fd} = K_A\,(V_{ref} - V_t + V_s)

where KAK_A is the amplifier gain and VsV_s is the signal from the stabiliser (PSS). If VtV_t falls (for example, when load increases), the error rises, the field current increases and the voltage comes back.

Block diagram

 Vref -->( + )--> Amplifier -> Firing -> Thyristor
           ^ -     (PID)        circuit   bridge
           |                                 |
           |                                 v
           |                          Exciter / field
           |                                 |
        Rectifier                            v
        & filter <------- PT <------- Generator Vt
           ^
     Stabilising feedback / limiters

Main parts and their work

  1. Sensing (PT + rectifier + filter): steps down the terminal voltage, rectifies and smooths it into a DC signal proportional to VtV_t. Often the reactive current from a CT is added (load compensation/droop) so parallel units share vars.
  2. Comparator (error detector): compares the sensed signal with a stable reference (zener or digital set-point).
  3. Amplifier / controller: op-amp or digital PID amplifies the error.
  4. Firing circuit: converts the control voltage into a firing angle α\alpha for the thyristors. Smaller α\alpha gives more field voltage, since Vdc=1.35 Vaccos⁡αV_{dc} = 1.35\,V_{ac}\cos\alpha for a full bridge.
  5. Power stage: thyristor bridge feeding the exciter field (brushless) or main field (static).
  6. Stabilising feedback: rate feedback from the field voltage, or a PSS, damps hunting and oscillations.
  7. Limiters and protection: over-excitation limiter, under-excitation limiter, V/Hz limiter, stator current limiter.

Operation

  • Steady state: firing angle fixed, Vt=VrefV_t = V_{ref}.
  • Load increases or lagging power factor: VtV_t drops, error positive, α\alpha decreases, field current rises, VtV_t restored.
  • Load rejection: VtV_t rises, α\alpha increases (or inverts), field reduced.

Modes

  • Auto mode: voltage control as above.
  • Manual mode: field current control, used for testing or when the PT fails.

Advantages over electromechanical regulators

  • Fast response with no dead band.
  • No moving contacts, so little maintenance.
  • Accurate regulation (about ±0.5 %).
  • Easy to add limiters, PSS and remote control.
  • 2075 Bhadra · 6 marks

List out the major elements that limits the alternator's capability curve. Draw a typical capability curve of alternator and explain it.

Answer

The capability curve of an alternator is a P–Q chart that shows the safe region of operation, i.e. the combinations of active power P and reactive power Q that the machine can deliver continuously at rated voltage without exceeding any limit.

Elements that limit the curve

  1. Armature (stator) current heating limit: S=P2+Q2=3VtIaS = \sqrt{P^2 + Q^2} = 3V_tI_a. At rated VtV_t this is a circle centred at the origin with radius equal to rated MVA.
  2. Field (rotor) current heating limit: the maximum excitation EfE_f allowed by rotor heating. It is a circle centred at (0,−3Vt2/Xs)(0, -3V_t^2/X_s) with radius 3VtEf/Xs3V_tE_f/X_s. It limits operation at lagging (over-excited) power factor.
  3. Prime mover (turbine) limit: maximum mechanical power, a vertical line P=PmaxP = P_{max}.
  4. Steady-state stability limit: at leading power factor the load angle approaches 90∘90^\circ. A practical limit with margin is used.
  5. Stator end-core heating limit: in under-excited operation leakage flux heats the stator ends and limits leading-var absorption.
  6. Minimum excitation / minimum turbine load: for example cavitation zones in hydro turbines limit low load.

Typical capability curve

  Q lagging (MVAr)
   ^
   |~~~~~--..    <- field current limit
   |    A     `.
   |            o  <- rated MVA, rated pf
   |            |  <- stator current limit
   |            |  <- turbine (max P) limit
   +------------+------> P (MW)
   |            |
   |    B      /
   |       ..-`  <- stability / end-core limit
   |..--~~
   v  Q leading (MVAr)

Explanation

  • Region A (over-excited, lagging pf): the field current limit is the binding curve from zero P up to the rated power factor point. Above rated pf (more P), the stator current limit governs.
  • Rated point: where the field and stator limit circles meet, i.e. rated MVA at rated pf (e.g. 0.85 lagging).
  • High P region: the stator circle and the turbine limit line cut off the curve.
  • Region B (under-excited, leading pf): the steady-state stability limit (with margin) and stator end heating limit how much reactive power the machine can absorb.
  • The operator must keep the operating point inside the enclosed area. The AVR limiters (OEL, UEL) are set from this curve.
  • 2072 Asoj · 4 marks

Describe speed governing system of hydro generator.

Answer

The speed governing system of a hydro generator controls the turbine's water flow (wicket gate or needle opening) so that the speed, and hence the frequency, stays constant and load is shared between units in parallel.

Components

  • Speed sensor: a PMG or toothed wheel with pick-up giving speed/frequency.
  • Governor controller: electronic PID; compares actual speed with the reference and includes droop (permanent speed regulation, usually 4–5 %).
  • Electro-hydraulic converter / proportional valve: turns the electrical signal into oil flow.
  • Pilot and main distributing valves, servomotor: move the wicket gates (Francis/Kaplan) or the needle and deflector (Pelton).
  • Oil pressure unit: pump, accumulator and sump.
  • Feedback: gate position transducer.
 f_ref -->( + )--> PID + droop --> E/H valve --> Servomotor
            ^ -                                     |
            |                                 Wicket gates
         Speed sensor <-- Generator <-- Turbine <---+

Working

  • Load increases: speed falls, the error opens the gates, more water flows and the speed recovers.
  • Droop makes each unit pick up load in proportion to its rating.
  • Hydro needs slow gate movement (temporary droop/dashpot) because of water hammer and the water starting time TwT_w. Pelton turbines use a deflector for quick load rejection.
  • 2077 Chaitra · 8 marks

Write down the types of generator neutral grounding. Specify the types to be used in accordance to the size of power plant with their advantages and disadvantages.

Answer

Generator neutral grounding means connecting the star point of the stator winding to earth, directly or through an impedance, to limit earth-fault current, control overvoltages and allow earth-fault protection.

Types

  1. Ungrounded (isolated neutral)
  2. Solid (effective) grounding: neutral connected straight to earth.
  3. Low-resistance grounding: resistor limits fault current to about 100–1000 A.
  4. Low-reactance grounding: reactor limits fault current to roughly 25–100 % of the 3-phase fault current.
  5. High-resistance grounding: usually through a distribution transformer with a secondary resistor, limiting the fault current to about 5–15 A.
  6. Resonant grounding (Petersen coil / ground fault neutraliser): reactor tuned to the stator capacitance; fault current nearly zero.
  Gen       Gen        Gen          Gen
  star      star       star         star
   |         |          |            |
   |        [R]        [X]        )||(  dist. tr.
  ===       ===        ===         [r] secondary
 solid    low-R     reactance    high-R

Selection according to plant size

Plant / connectionUsual groundingReason
Small LV sets (< ~1 MW, 400 V, feeding loads directly)SolidNeeded for 4-wire loads and LV protection
Small–medium generators on a common bus (MV)Low-resistance or reactanceSeveral machines on bus; selective relaying
Medium–large unit-connected (gen–transformer)High-resistance via distribution transformerVery low fault current, little core damage
Very large units (some practice)Resonant / high-RMinimum damage, may run briefly with a fault

Advantages and disadvantages

TypeAdvantagesDisadvantages
UngroundedCan continue with one earth faultTransient overvoltages (up to 6 pu) from arcing; fault hard to locate
SolidSimple, cheap; phase voltages stay near normal; easy relayingVery high fault current (can exceed 3-phase value), core burning, mechanical stress
Low resistanceLimits damage; good relay currentSome stator iron damage; resistor losses during fault
ReactanceCheaper than resistor for high currentCan cause transient overvoltage if X0/X1X_0/X_1 is high
High resistanceFault current ~10 A, almost no core damage; overvoltage limited by damping (R≤XC0/3R \le X_{C0}/3)Needs sensitive 95 % + 100 % stator earth-fault protection; only for unit system
ResonantArc self-extinguishes, least damageTuning needed; costly; complex protection

In Nepalese hydro plants, the common practice is a high-resistance grounding through a distribution (neutral grounding) transformer for unit-connected generators, and a neutral grounding resistor for small MV generators sharing a bus.

  • 2079 Chaitra · 6 marks

Compare grounded and ungrounded power system.

Answer

A grounded system has its neutral connected to earth (solidly or through an impedance). An ungrounded (isolated neutral) system has no intended connection to earth; it is only coupled to earth through the line-to-ground capacitances.

Comparison

PointGrounded systemUngrounded system
Neutral potentialHeld near earthFloats; can shift
Healthy-phase voltage during L-G faultNear phase voltage (solid)Rises to line voltage (3\sqrt{3} times)
Arcing-ground overvoltagesSuppressedCan reach 5–6 pu, damaging insulation
Earth-fault currentLarge enough to trip relaysSmall capacitive current (3IC03I_{C0})
Fault detectionEasy, selective earth-fault relaysDifficult; only alarm via voltage relays
Insulation levelGraded insulation; cheaper equipmentFull line-voltage insulation needed
Continuity of supplyFaulted section trips at onceCan run with one earth fault for a while
SafetyBetter; touch voltage cleared fastSecond fault can be dangerous
Lightning arrestersLower-rated arresters can be usedHigher rating needed
InterferenceEarth-fault current may disturb telecomLittle
Typical useModern systems, generators, above 33 kVOld small systems, some industrial LV

Capacitive current in an ungrounded system

When one phase is earthed, the other two line capacitances charge to line voltage. The fault current is

If=3 ωC0 VphI_f = 3\,\omega C_0\,V_{ph}

At fault currents above about 4–5 A this capacitive current causes arcing grounds: the arc repeatedly strikes and extinguishes, building up voltage on the healthy phases.

Conclusion for practice

Almost all modern power systems are grounded. The method depends on voltage level: solid for LV and EHV, resistance/reactance for MV, and high-resistance for unit-connected generators.

  • 2078 Chaitra · 4 marks

Discuss advantages of solidly grounded system of generator grounding.

Answer

In solid grounding, the generator neutral is connected directly to the station earth with no intentional impedance.

Advantages

  • Neutral held at earth potential: during a line-to-ground fault the healthy phases stay close to phase voltage, so there are no high overvoltages.
  • No arcing-ground problem: the fault current is large and the arc does not restrike, so transient overvoltages are eliminated.
  • Reduced insulation cost: equipment and lightning arresters can be rated for phase voltage (about 80 % arresters).
  • Simple and reliable protection: the large earth-fault current operates ordinary overcurrent/earth-fault relays quickly and selectively.
  • Simple and cheap: no resistor, reactor or transformer to buy and maintain.
  • Supports single-phase loads: a 4-wire LV supply (phase-to-neutral loads) is possible, which is why small LV diesel and micro-hydro sets are usually solidly grounded.
  • Better personnel safety because faults are cleared quickly.

Limitation

For large generators the earth-fault current can exceed the 3-phase fault current (since X0X_0 is small), causing stator core burning and severe mechanical stress, so solid grounding is used mainly on small LV machines.

  • 2078 Chaitra · 6 marks

How are the concepts of STEP POTENTIAL and TOUCH POTENTIAL utilized during grounding mat design of a power project area? Why and how these potentials are appropriately set?

Answer

Step potential is the voltage between a person's two feet, 1 m apart, when standing on the ground during an earth fault. Touch potential is the voltage between the hand touching an earthed metal structure and the feet standing on the ground. Both arise because fault current flowing into the soil makes the ground surface potential uneven.

   Earthed structure
        |  hand
        |---o   <- touch voltage = V(structure) - V(feet)
        |  /|\
  ======|==/=\==============  ground surface
        |  feet 1 m apart <- step voltage = V1 - V2
   ---- grid conductors (mat) buried ~0.5 m ----

How they are used in grid (mat) design (IEEE Std 80)

  1. Tolerable limits are found first from the body current that the heart can withstand (Dalziel): IB=k/tsI_B = k/\sqrt{t_s}, with k=0.116k = 0.116 for a 50 kg person. With body resistance 1000 Ω:
Estep,50=(1000+6Csρs) 0.116tsEtouch,50=(1000+1.5Csρs) 0.116ts\begin{aligned} E_{step,50} &= (1000 + 6C_s\rho_s)\,\frac{0.116}{\sqrt{t_s}} \\ E_{touch,50} &= (1000 + 1.5C_s\rho_s)\,\frac{0.116}{\sqrt{t_s}} \end{aligned}

where ρs\rho_s is the surface-layer resistivity, CsC_s the surface layer derating factor and tst_s the fault clearing time.

  1. Grid potential rise GPR=IGRgGPR = I_G R_g is calculated. If GPR is below the tolerable touch voltage, the design is safe.
  2. Otherwise the actual mesh voltage EmE_m (worst touch voltage in a mesh corner) and actual step voltage EsE_s are calculated from the grid geometry (spacing, conductor length, depth, soil resistivity).
  3. The design is accepted only if Em<EtouchE_m < E_{touch} and Es<EstepE_s < E_{step}. If not, the grid is changed and the check repeated.

Why they are set this way

  • Ensures that the current through a human body during the worst fault stays below the ventricular fibrillation threshold within the fault clearing time.
  • Touch voltage is usually the critical one, because hand-to-feet current passes near the heart and the feet act in parallel, giving less resistance.

How they are kept within limits

  • Close grid spacing and more conductors; extra rods at the perimeter.
  • Surface layer of crushed rock/gravel (high ρs\rho_s, about 3000 Ω·m), which raises the tolerable limits.
  • Faster fault clearing (smaller tst_s).
  • Bonding all metal structures and fences to the grid; grading rings around equipment and at gates.
  • Lowering grid resistance with deeper rods or treated soil.
  • 2074 Magh · 3 marks

What particular precaution should be taken while using vacuum circuit breaker (VCB) as a generator circuit breaker (CB)?

Answer

A generator circuit breaker (GCB) must interrupt very high currents with a large DC component and a fast-rising TRV. A vacuum circuit breaker (VCB) chops current sharply, so special precautions are needed.

Precautions

  • Surge protection against current chopping: install surge arresters (metal oxide) and RC surge suppressors / surge capacitors at the generator and transformer terminals, because chopping and re-ignition create high L di/dtL\,di/dt overvoltages on the inductive winding.
  • Check DC component and delayed current zeros: the breaker must be type-tested to IEEE C37.013 / IEC 62271-37-013 for generator duty, since the DC offset can delay current zeros.
  • TRV control: add capacitors to reduce the rate of rise of recovery voltage.
  • Rate it for continuous current with proper cooling, and check vacuum integrity periodically.
  • 2070 Bhadra · 3+5 marks

What particular precautions should be taken while using vacuum circuit breakers as a generator circuit breaker? State the limitations of vacuum circuit breaker in comparision to SF6 circuit breaker in HV application.

Answer

Precautions when a VCB is used as a generator CB

A generator breaker sees a very high fault current with a large DC component (because of the high X/R ratio), delayed current zeros, and a very fast TRV rate of rise. A VCB interrupts so well that it can chop the current before natural zero. On the inductive generator and transformer windings this gives V=L di/dtV = L\,di/dt overvoltages and multiple re-ignitions. So:

  1. Install metal-oxide surge arresters close to the breaker on both sides.
  2. Install surge capacitors or RC snubbers at the generator terminals to slow the voltage rise and damp chopping overvoltages.
  3. Choose a breaker type-tested for generator duty (IEEE C37.013 / IEC 62271-37-013), including asymmetrical breaking with high DC content and out-of-phase switching.
  4. Check the TRV/RRRV capability; add TRV capacitors if needed.
  5. Make sure the continuous current rating and temperature rise are adequate (forced cooling if needed).
  6. Use low-chopping contact material (e.g. Cu–Cr) and monitor vacuum integrity.

Limitations of VCB compared with SF6 in HV application

PointVCBSF6 CB
Voltage per breakUp to about 36–40 kV; series interrupters needed aboveOne break handles 145–245 kV, more with series
HV use (>72.5 kV)Limited, few productsStandard up to 800 kV
Current choppingHigher; switching overvoltagesVery low chopping
Capacitive switchingRisk of restrikeRestrike-free
Continuous currentLimited by contact sizeVery high (several kA)
Insulation outside bottleNeeds separate insulationGas gives insulation too (GIS)
Size at HVBulky with many breaksCompact

Summary of VCB limitations at HV: the dielectric strength of a vacuum gap does not rise linearly with gap length, so a single bottle cannot be built economically above about 40 kV. Several bottles in series need voltage grading. Chopping overvoltages are higher and the continuous current rating is lower. For these reasons SF6 dominates above 72.5 kV, although SF6 is a greenhouse gas.

  • 2072 Magh · 8 marks

Make a comparison between vacuum circuit breaker with SF6 circuit breaker in a power system.

Answer

A vacuum circuit breaker (VCB) extinguishes the arc in a sealed vacuum bottle (about 10−610^{-6} to 10−410^{-4} torr), where the arc is a metal vapour arc that dies at current zero. An SF6 circuit breaker extinguishes the arc by blowing sulphur hexafluoride, an electronegative gas, across it. The gas captures free electrons and quickly restores dielectric strength.

Arc quenching in brief

  • VCB: on contact separation, metal vapour from the contacts carries the arc. At current zero the vapour condenses on shields within microseconds, so the gap recovers very fast. Spiral or axial magnetic field contacts keep the arc diffuse.
  • SF6: puffer or self-blast type. The moving piston compresses the gas and blows it through the nozzle onto the arc. SF6 has about 2–3 times the dielectric strength of air at the same pressure.
 VCB bottle               SF6 puffer interrupter
 +---------+              +-----------------+
 | fixed   |              | fixed contact   |
 |  ===    |              |   ==   <- gas   |
 |  shield |              |  nozzle  blast  |
 |  ===    |              |   ==  piston    |
 | moving  |              | moving contact  |
 +--bellows+              +-----------------+

Comparison

PointVCBSF6 CB
MediumVacuumSF6 gas at 3–6 bar
Voltage range3.3–36 kV (mainly MV)33–800 kV (mainly HV/EHV)
Dielectric recoveryVery fastFast
Current choppingHigher; needs surge suppressorsVery low
Contact travelSmall (10–20 mm)Larger
Operating mechanismSmall spring mechanismLarger spring/hydraulic
MaintenanceAlmost none; sealed for lifeGas pressure monitoring, leak checks
Number of operationsVery high (10,000–30,000)Lower
Fire/explosion riskNoneNone
EnvironmentCleanSF6 is a strong greenhouse gas; arc products toxic
MonitoringVacuum loss hard to detectGas density monitor
Size at MVCompactCompact
Size at HVMany breaks, bulkyCompact, used in GIS
CostLower at MVLower at HV
Capacitor switchingPossible restrikeGood

Use in power systems

  • VCB: the usual choice for MV switchgear (11 kV and 33 kV feeders), generator terminals of small–medium hydro units, motor and capacitor bank switching, and frequent-operation duties.
  • SF6: the usual choice for 132 kV, 220 kV and 400 kV outdoor switchyards and GIS. In Nepal the 132/220 kV substations of NEA use SF6 breakers, while 11/33 kV panels use VCBs.

For new designs, SF6-free alternatives (vacuum interrupter with clean air insulation) are spreading because of the environmental impact of SF6.

  • 2080 Chaitra · 6 marks

List out the most essential protection schemes required for Alternator and Generator Step Up transformer in a mega size power project.

Answer

In a mega (large) hydro or thermal project, the alternator and its generator step-up (GSU) transformer are protected by a set of main and backup relays, usually grouped as a unit protection scheme with an overall differential zone.

Generator protections (ANSI number)

ProtectionANSIPurpose
Generator differential87GStator phase-to-phase faults
Stator earth fault 95 %59N / 64GEarth faults on 95 % of winding
100 % stator earth fault27TN / 64SFaults near neutral (3rd harmonic or injection)
Rotor earth fault64R / 64FField winding earth fault
Loss of excitation40Field failure, under-excitation
Negative sequence46Unbalanced load, rotor heating
Reverse power32Motoring of the unit
Over/under frequency81Abnormal speed
Over/under voltage59 / 27Load rejection, AVR failure
Overfluxing (V/Hz)24Core over-excitation
Voltage-restrained overcurrent / impedance51V / 21Backup for external faults
Pole slipping78Loss of synchronism
Stator thermal / RTD49Overload, cooling failure
Inadvertent energisation50/27Breaker closed on a stopped unit

GSU transformer protections

ProtectionANSIPurpose
Transformer differential87TInternal phase faults
Restricted earth fault (HV)64REF / 87NEarth faults near HV neutral
Buchholz relay63Incipient internal faults, gas
Oil and winding temperature26 / 49Overheating
Pressure relief device63PRSudden internal pressure
HV overcurrent and earth fault50/51, 50N/51NBackup
Overfluxing24Over-excitation of core
Oil level, cooling failure71Alarm

Overall scheme

An overall (unit) differential 87GT covers the generator, GSU and unit auxiliary transformer together. Relays are duplicated as Main-1 and Main-2 groups with separate CTs and DC supplies for very large units. Trips go through a master trip relay (86) to the GCB, HV breaker, field breaker and turbine shutdown.

  • 2081 Chaitra · 6 marks

What is restricted earth fault protection? Illustrate its use with suitable diagram.

Answer

Restricted earth fault (REF) protection is a sensitive unit protection that detects earth faults inside a defined zone only, usually a star-connected transformer or generator winding. It compares the sum of the three phase currents with the neutral current.

Principle

  • CTs are placed in each phase and in the neutral-to-earth connection, all of the same ratio.
  • The three phase CTs are connected in parallel (residual connection) and then in parallel with the neutral CT, with a relay across them.
  • External earth fault (outside the zone): the residual current from the phase CTs equals the neutral CT current, so they circulate between CTs and no current flows through the relay.
  • Internal earth fault (inside the winding): the neutral current has no matching residual current, so the difference flows through the relay and it trips.
        A ---[CT]-----+---- to system
        B ---[CT]-----+
        C ---[CT]-----+
   Star |   |   |     |
  winding \ | /       |  residual
         \|/          |
     N ---+--[CT_N]---+---[ R ]--+
          |               relay  |
         earth   (high-impedance, with
                 stabilising resistor
                 and Metrosil)

Features

  • Usually a high-impedance relay with a stabilising resistor so CT saturation on heavy external faults does not cause false trips. A non-linear resistor (Metrosil) limits voltage during internal faults.
  • Very sensitive: it covers faults close to the neutral end, where the ordinary transformer differential (87T) is not sensitive enough. On a resistance-earthed winding a fault near the neutral gives very little phase current.
  • Fast and stable.

Use

  • HV star winding of the generator step-up transformer (solidly earthed side).
  • Star winding of station/auxiliary transformers.
  • Small generators with resistance earthing.

For a delta winding, REF is applied using an earthing transformer or the three phase CTs alone (balanced earth fault protection).

  • 2073 Bhadra · 8 marks

Draw the unit protection scheme of a power transformer. Mention the selection criteria for the power transformer. What reflects the Vector group of a power transformer?

Answer

Unit protection scheme of a power transformer

The main unit protection of a power transformer is percentage-biased differential protection (87T), backed by restricted earth fault, Buchholz and others. It compares the currents entering and leaving the transformer. Inside the zone the difference trips the relay; for through faults the currents balance.

   HV bus         Power transformer        LV bus
  ---[CT1]-----+====( Yd11 )====+-----[CT2]---
       |       |   Buchholz(63) |        |
       |      REF(64)           |        |
       |                                 |
       +---> [ 87T  bias + operate ] <---+
               2nd harmonic block
               (inrush), 5th (overflux)
                    |
               Master trip 86 -> HV & LV CBs

Points to note:

  • CT ratios and connections (or software settings) correct for the ratio and the phase shift of the vector group (for Yd11, CTs on the Y side connected in delta, or numerical compensation).
  • Bias (restraint) handles CT mismatch and tap-changer range.
  • 2nd harmonic restraint blocks tripping on magnetising inrush. 5th harmonic blocking is used for overfluxing.
  • Supplementary protections: REF (64), Buchholz (63), oil/winding temperature (26/49), pressure relief (63PR), overcurrent and earth-fault backup (50/51, 51N), overfluxing (24).

Selection criteria for a power transformer

  • Rated MVA: from generator rating (e.g. generator MVA plus margin), with cooling class ONAN/ONAF/OFAF.
  • Voltage ratio: generator voltage to transmission voltage (e.g. 11/132 kV); tap changer range (OLTC or off-circuit, e.g. ±10 % in 1.25 % or 2.5 % steps).
  • Vector group to suit the system and earthing (GSU usually YNd11 with HV star grounded).
  • Impedance (% Z): balance between fault level limit and voltage regulation/stability; usually 10–14 % for GSU.
  • Number of phases: three-phase unit or a bank of single-phase units (transport limits on hilly roads in Nepal).
  • Insulation level: BIL and power-frequency withstand.
  • Losses (no-load and load), efficiency and capitalised loss cost.
  • Cooling, temperature rise, altitude derating, noise, transport size and weight.
  • Standards: IEC 60076.

What the vector group reflects

The vector group (e.g. YNd11, Dyn11, Yy0) tells:

  1. The winding connection of HV (capital letter: Y, D, Z) and LV (small letter: y, d, z).
  2. Whether the neutral is brought out (N or n).
  3. The phase displacement of LV with respect to HV by the clock number, each hour being 30∘30^\circ. For example "11" means LV leads HV by 30∘30^\circ (11 o'clock position), and "1" means LV lags by 30∘30^\circ.

It is essential for parallel operation (only transformers with the same phase shift can be paralleled), for differential CT compensation, and for earthing and the third-harmonic path (a delta winding traps triplen harmonics).

  • 2081 Shrawan · 4 marks

What does "black start capability" of a generating unit mean? How would it have been made so?

Answer

Black start capability is the ability of a generating unit or plant to start itself and energise the dead bus and transmission lines without any power from the external grid, after a total or partial blackout. Such units are used to restore the system.

How a unit is made black-start capable

  • Independent auxiliary supply: a diesel generator (DG) set or a small house/auxiliary hydro unit to power the station auxiliaries (governor oil pumps, cooling water pumps, lubrication, lighting).
  • Station battery and DC system sized to operate breakers, protection, controls and field flashing during the dead period.
  • Excitation able to build up from zero: field flashing from the battery (for static excitation), or a PMG-fed brushless exciter, which needs no external source.
  • Governor and turbine that can start with stored oil pressure (accumulator) or DG-powered pumps; hydro gates or valves that can open on DC/stored energy.
  • Controls and protection settings for isolated (island) mode: frequency control mode, dead-bus closing logic, synchronising for later reconnection.
  • The unit must be able to energise transformers and lines (charging current, inrush) and carry the initial loads.

Hydro plants are ideal black-start sources because they start quickly and need little auxiliary power.

  • 2080 Chaitra · 4 marks

Discuss briefly about requirements of DC supply system in a power generating station.

Answer

The DC supply system gives a reliable, uninterrupted power source for the vital control, protection and emergency loads of a power station, even when all AC supply is lost.

Requirements

  • Loads served: relay and protection circuits, breaker trip and close coils, control and SCADA, alarms, emergency lighting, field flashing, DC emergency oil pumps (governor, bearing lube), communication (often 48 V).
  • Voltage levels: typically 220 V or 110 V DC for control and switchgear, 48 V DC for telecom/PLCC, 24 V for some electronics.
  • Battery bank: lead-acid (VRLA or flooded) or Ni-Cd, sized for the duty cycle (e.g. 1–3 hours of emergency load plus trip and close surges at the end), with ageing and temperature factors (IEEE 485).
  • Battery chargers: float-cum-boost chargers fed from the station AC. Usually two chargers and two battery banks for redundancy in large stations.
  • Distribution: DC distribution board with separate feeders, fuses/MCBs, and earth-fault monitoring because the DC system is unearthed.
  • Reliability: separate battery room with ventilation (hydrogen), voltage monitoring and alarms, and regular capacity tests.
  • 2073 Bhadra · 6 marks

What is DOD of a battery? Draw the typical schemes of service station.

Answer

Depth of discharge (DOD)

Depth of discharge (DOD) is the fraction of a battery's rated capacity that has been taken out, expressed in percent:

DOD=Ah dischargedRated Ah capacity×100 %\text{DOD} = \frac{\text{Ah discharged}}{\text{Rated Ah capacity}} \times 100\,\%

It is the complement of the state of charge: SOC=100 %−DOD\text{SOC} = 100\,\% - \text{DOD}. For example, taking 60 Ah from a 200 Ah battery gives a DOD of 30 %.

Importance:

  • A deeper DOD shortens battery life (fewer cycles). Lead-acid batteries are usually designed for 50–80 % maximum DOD, Ni-Cd and Li-ion can go deeper.
  • Battery sizing for a station uses the allowed DOD and the end-of-discharge voltage (e.g. 1.75–1.8 V/cell for lead-acid).

Station service (auxiliary supply) schemes

Station service supplies the auxiliaries: pumps, cooling, governors, cranes, lighting, battery chargers. Common schemes:

1. Unit auxiliary transformer (UAT) tapped from the generator bus, with station transformer backup

 Gen G1 --+-- GSU T1 --+-- HV bus (132 kV)
          |            |
         UAT1     Station service tr (from HV bus)
          |            |
  Unit aux board 1 ----+---- Common station board
                                  |
                          DG set (standby / black start)

2. Common station service board fed from two sources (main bus and tertiary/grid)

 11 kV gen bus --> SST-1 --+
                           |-- 415 V board --> loads
 33/11 kV feeder -> SST-2 -+   (bus coupler)
                               |
               DG set --> Emergency board
                               |
           Battery charger --> DC board

Key features:

  • At least two independent sources with automatic changeover (bus coupler).
  • An emergency diesel generator for black start and essential loads.
  • Unit boards for each generating unit's own auxiliaries, plus a common board for shared loads.
  • Essential loads moved to the emergency board; DC system with its own battery for vital loads.
  • 2070 Magh · 8 marks

Name the auxillary and ancillary systems with their function in a hydropower plant with Francis turbine of 100 MW.

Answer

Auxiliary systems are the supporting systems that are needed for the main generating unit to start, run, and stop safely. Ancillary systems are plant-wide support systems (station services, safety, handling) that are not part of the energy conversion itself. For a 100 MW plant with Francis turbines (assume 2 × 50 MW or 3 units), they are as follows.

Mechanical auxiliary systems

SystemFunction
Governor and oil pressure unitMoves wicket gates to control speed/load; accumulator stores oil pressure
Main inlet valve (butterfly/spherical) with hydraulic unitIsolates the turbine from the penstock; emergency closure
Cooling water systemCools generator air coolers, bearings, transformer (via heat exchangers); pumps, filters, strainers
Lubrication / bearing oil systemLubricates thrust and guide bearings; high-pressure oil lifting during start
Brake and jacking systemStops the rotor at low speed; lifts the rotor for inspection
Drainage and dewatering systemRemoves leakage water; empties draft tube and spiral case for maintenance
Compressed air systemBrakes, governor accumulator air, tools, (synchronous condenser mode)
Shaft seal waterPrevents water leakage at the turbine shaft

Electrical auxiliary systems

SystemFunction
Excitation system and AVRField current, voltage and var control
Generator neutral groundingLimits earth-fault current
Station service AC (UAT, station transformer, 415 V boards)Power to all auxiliaries
Emergency diesel generatorBlack start and backup supply
DC system (battery + chargers)Protection, control, emergency loads
Protection, control, SCADA and synchronisingSafe automatic operation
Metering and communication (PLCC, fibre)Energy accounting, dispatch link

Ancillary systems

SystemFunction
Fire detection and fighting (CO2 for generator, water spray for transformer, hydrants)Safety from fire
Heating, ventilation and air conditioningKeeps powerhouse and control room within temperature/humidity limits
EOT crane in powerhouseErection and maintenance of heavy parts
Lighting and emergency lightingNormal and safe operation
Earthing and lightning protectionPersonnel and equipment safety
Water supply and sewerage, oil handling and purificationPlant services
Workshop, stores, CCTV and securityMaintenance and safety
Intake and gate control, desander flushing, trash rack cleaningWater conveyance operation

In addition, the plant provides ancillary services to the grid: frequency regulation, reactive power/voltage support, spinning reserve and black start.

  • 2079 Shrawan · 8 marks

Write down the different types of high voltage bus bar with appropriate line diagram. Write the advantages and disadvantages of main and transfer bus bar.

Answer

A busbar is a conductor in a switchyard to which incoming and outgoing circuits are connected. Its arrangement decides reliability, flexibility of maintenance and cost.

Types of HV busbar arrangement

1. Single bus: all circuits on one bus. Cheap, but any bus fault or maintenance shuts down everything.

   L1    L2    L3
   |     |     |
  [CB]  [CB]  [CB]
 ==+=====+=====+==  bus
  [CB]  [CB]
   |     |
   G1    T1

2. Sectionalised single bus: bus split by a bus-section breaker; a fault affects only one section.

3. Main and transfer bus: each circuit normally on the main bus; a bus coupler (transfer) breaker can take over any one feeder whose breaker is under maintenance.

 Main bus     ===+========+========+===
                 |        |        |
               [CB]     [CB]    [BC] coupler
                 |        |        |
 Transfer bus ---+--/ ----+--/ ----+---
                 |  bypass isolator
                 L1       L2

4. Double bus (double bus single breaker): two main buses; each circuit can be connected to either bus through isolators, with a bus coupler.

 Bus-1 ===+=========+=====+===
          |         |    [BC]
 Bus-2 ===+=========+=====+===
          | (isolators)
         [CB]      [CB]
          L1        L2

5. Double bus double breaker: each circuit has two breakers, one to each bus. Very reliable, costly.

6. Breaker-and-a-half (one-and-half breaker): three breakers for two circuits between two buses. Common at 220 kV and 400 kV.

7. Ring (mesh) bus: breakers form a closed loop; each circuit between two breakers.

Main and transfer bus: advantages

  • Any feeder breaker can be taken out for maintenance without interrupting that feeder (it is fed through the transfer bus and bus coupler).
  • Low cost compared with double bus or breaker-and-a-half: only one extra breaker.
  • Simple layout and protection.
  • Suitable for 33–132 kV substations.

Main and transfer bus: disadvantages

  • A fault on the main bus or its maintenance shuts down the whole substation (no second main bus).
  • Only one breaker at a time can be bypassed.
  • Protection of the transferred feeder must be switched to the bus coupler, so switching is more complex and error-prone.
  • More isolators and switching operations; needs interlocking.
  • 2079 Jestha · 8 marks

Discuss the different types of busbar layout used in substation with suitable circuit diagram.

Answer

The busbar layout of a substation is the arrangement of buses, breakers and isolators that connects incoming and outgoing circuits. The choice is a trade-off between reliability, operational flexibility, maintenance and cost.

1. Single busbar

   L1     L2     L3
  [CB]   [CB]   [CB]
 ==+======+======+==
  [CB]   [CB]
   T1     T2

Cheap and simple. A bus fault or bus maintenance causes a full outage. Used for small 11/33 kV substations.

2. Sectionalised single busbar

 ==+====+==[BS]==+====+==
  L1   T1       L2   T2

A bus-section breaker (BS) divides the bus, so a fault takes out only half.

3. Main and transfer busbar

 Main  ===+=======+=======+===
         [CB]    [CB]    [BC]
 Trans ---+-------+-------+---
          L1      L2

Any one feeder breaker can be maintained using the transfer bus and bus coupler (BC). A main-bus fault still causes full outage.

4. Double busbar (with bus coupler)

 Bus-1 ===+======+======+===
          |      |     [BC]
 Bus-2 ===+======+======+===
         [CB]   [CB]
          L1     L2

Circuits can be split between buses; either bus can be maintained. Common at 132 kV and 220 kV in Nepal.

5. Breaker-and-a-half

 Bus-1 ==+==============+==
        [CB]           [CB]
         +-- L1    L3 --+
        [CB]           [CB]
         +-- L2    L4 --+
        [CB]           [CB]
 Bus-2 ==+==============+==

Three breakers for two circuits. Any breaker or bus can be taken out without loss of supply. Used at 220–400 kV.

6. Ring (mesh) bus

    L1 --+--[CB]--+-- L2
         |        |
       [CB]     [CB]
         |        |
    L4 --+--[CB]--+-- L3

Each circuit sits between two breakers. Economical for 4–6 circuits, but protection is complex and an open ring reduces reliability.

Comparison

LayoutReliabilityCostUse
SingleLowLowestSmall 11/33 kV
SectionalisedMediumLowDistribution
Main + transferMediumModerate33–132 kV
Double busHighHigh132–220 kV
Breaker-and-halfVery highVery high220–400 kV
RingHighModerateSmall HV stations
  • 2070 Bhadra · 8 marks

Develop a typical specification while procuring a generator to be used in power plant design.

Answer

A generator specification is the technical document, part of the tender (bid) documents, that tells manufacturers exactly what generator the project needs. It covers the rating, design, performance, standards, tests and supply scope, so that bids can be compared on equal terms and the delivered machine fits the plant. A typical specification for a hydro generator (example: a 12.5 MVA unit) is set out below.

1. General and standards

  • Scope: design, manufacture, testing at works, packing, transport to site, erection supervision and commissioning of 2 sets of three-phase synchronous generators with excitation and accessories.
  • Standards: IEC 60034-1 (rating and performance), IEC 60034-3/-33 (hydro generators), IEC 60085 (insulation), IEC 60034-4 (test methods).
  • Site conditions: altitude (e.g. 1200 m above MSL), ambient temperature (0–40 °C), humidity, seismic zone (Nepal: horizontal acceleration about 0.3 g), indoor powerhouse.

2. Rating and electrical data

ItemTypical value
Type3-phase, salient-pole synchronous, vertical shaft
Rated output12.5 MVA at 0.85 pf lagging (10.625 MW)
Rated voltage / range11 kV ± 5%
Frequency50 Hz ± 2% (Nepal)
Rated speed / runaway speed600 rpm (10 poles) / withstand runaway for 15 min
ConnectionStar, neutral brought out
Sub-transient reactance Xd′′X''_d≤ 0.22 pu (unsaturated)
Short-circuit ratio≥ 1.0
Efficiency≥ 97.5% at rated load (guaranteed, with penalty)
Insulation class / temperature riseClass F insulation, Class B temperature rise
Inertia constant H / GD²As required by governor stability, e.g. H ≥ 2.5 s
CapabilityContinuous at rated MVA from 0.85 lag to 0.95 lead pf
Overload / unbalance10% for 1 h; I2I_2 continuous ≥ 10%, I22tI_2^2t ≥ 20 s
Harmonics, TIFTHD of voltage < 5%, TIF as per IEC

3. Mechanical and construction

  • Stator: laminated low-loss steel, class F VPI insulated winding, RTDs (6 per phase) in slots.
  • Rotor: salient poles with damper winding, designed for runaway speed.
  • Bearings: thrust and guide bearings with oil coolers and RTDs; insulated against shaft currents.
  • Cooling: closed-circuit air with air-to-water coolers (one spare cooler), or open ventilation for small sets.
  • Brakes and jacks, space heaters, fire protection (CO₂ or water spray), vibration probes.
  • Noise ≤ 85 dB(A) at 1 m.

4. Excitation and auxiliaries

  • Static (or brushless) excitation with digital AVR, PSS, limiters (OEL, UEL, V/Hz), field flashing, field breaker.
  • Ceiling voltage ≥ 1.6 pu, response time < 0.1 s.
  • Neutral grounding equipment (NGT with resistor), surge arresters and surge capacitors, CTs and PTs, terminal and neutral cubicles.

5. Tests, documents and commercial items

  • Type and routine tests at works: winding resistance, insulation resistance and PI, HV withstand, open- and short-circuit characteristics, reactances, heat run, overspeed, vibration.
  • Site tests: dry-out, polarisation index, HV test, commissioning tests (load rejection).
  • Documents: guaranteed technical particulars (GTP), drawings, O&M manuals, capability curve, test reports.
  • Spares (one set of poles, bearing pads, coolers), tools, training.
  • Delivery period, warranty (e.g. 24 months after commissioning), guaranteed efficiency with liquidated damages for shortfall, payment terms and price (FOB/CIF).
  • 2079 Shrawan · 4 marks

Make a tentative an example type quotation of a high voltage side "circuit breaker" for power evacuation purpose at switch yard of a hydropower project that has installed capacity about 48 MW and line length to grid point substation is about 15 km.

Answer

A tentative quotation lists the technical data, quantity and price of the breaker so that the developer can budget and compare offers. Assumptions: 48 MW plant with 2 × 24 MW units, evacuation at 132 kV over 15 km by a double-circuit line, so the switchyard has 2 transformer bays and 2 line bays.

Rated current check: IFL=48/0.853×132=247I_{FL} = \dfrac{48/0.85}{\sqrt{3} \times 132} = 247 A, so a standard 1250 A rating is ample.

QUOTATION (example, indicative prices)

To: XYZ Hydropower Ltd., Kathmandu. Ref: 132 kV switchyard circuit breakers. Validity: 90 days.

S.N.DescriptionQtyUnit price (NPR)Amount (NPR)
1145 kV, 3-pole, outdoor SF6 live-tank circuit breaker, 1250 A, 31.5 kA for 3 s, making 80 kA peak, BIL 650 kVp, spring-charged mechanism, O-0.3 s-CO-3 min-CO, single-pole operation for auto-reclose (line bays), 110 V DC control, SF6 density monitor, support structure455,00,0002,20,00,000
2Spares: trip/close coils, gas filling kit, density monitor1 lot–5,00,000
3Supervision of erection and testing at site1 lot–6,00,000
Subtotal2,31,00,000
VAT 13%30,03,000
Grand total2,61,03,000

Terms:

  • Standards: IEC 62271-100; type test reports enclosed.
  • Delivery: CIF Birgunj/site within 6 months of LC; packing for hill transport.
  • Warranty: 24 months from commissioning; payment by LC (10% advance, 80% on delivery, 10% after commissioning).

Prices are only indicative for budgeting; actual prices come from competitive bids.

  • 2078 Kartik · 6 marks

Make a tentative an example type quotation of a "Power Transformer" for power evacuation purpose from switch yard of a general medium size hydropower project situated in hilly region.

Answer

A tentative quotation for a power transformer gives the main technical particulars, scope, price and terms so that the developer can budget and compare offers. Assumed project: a medium hydropower plant of 2 × 12 MW in a hilly region (altitude about 1500 m), evacuating at 132 kV. One step-up transformer per unit.

Rating: S=12/0.85=14.1S = 12/0.85 = 14.1 MVA, so a standard 16 MVA unit is chosen.

Main technical particulars offered

ItemOffered value
Type3-phase, oil-immersed, outdoor, two-winding step-up
Rating16 MVA ONAN / 20 MVA ONAF
Voltage ratio11 / 132 kV, off-circuit taps ±2 × 2.5% on HV
Vector groupYNd11 (HV neutral solidly earthed)
Impedance10% ± IEC tolerance
Frequency50 Hz
Insulation level (HV)BIL 650 kVp, power frequency 275 kV (corrected for altitude)
Losses (guaranteed)No-load ≤ 12 kW; load loss ≤ 85 kW at 75 °C
Temperature riseOil 50 K, winding 55 K (reduced for altitude above 1000 m, IEC 60076-2)
AccessoriesBuchholz relay, PRV, OTI/WTI, MOG, silica gel breather, HV/LV bushings, bushing CTs, radiators, fans, marshalling box
Hill transportShipping weight limited to about 30 t; may ship oil-filled or N2N_2-filled, radiators separate
StandardIEC 60076

Price schedule (indicative)

S.N.DescriptionQtyUnit price (NPR)Amount (NPR)
116/20 MVA, 11/132 kV power transformer as above, with first oil filling24,50,00,0009,00,00,000
2Mandatory spares (bushings, gaskets, Buchholz relay)1 lot–15,00,000
3Transport to site, supervision of erection and commissioning1 lot–40,00,000
Subtotal9,55,00,000
VAT 13%1,24,15,000
Grand total10,79,15,000

Commercial terms

  • Delivery: 7–9 months after LC; FOR site; route survey by supplier.
  • Tests: routine tests (ratio, vector group, losses, impedance, insulation) witnessed by the owner; type test reports (temperature rise, impulse) submitted.
  • Loss capitalisation: bids are compared with the capitalised value of guaranteed losses; a penalty applies for excess losses.
  • Warranty: 24 months after commissioning; payment by LC; validity 120 days.

Prices are only indicative for budgeting; actual prices come from competitive bids.

  • 2082 Shrawan · 3+3+3+3+4+4 marks

A typical hydropower plant has the following details:
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January5.62Qmax (Q0)210.00 m³/s
February4.80Q25%24.23 m³/s
March4.55Q45%9.82 m³/s
April4.8Q65%4.7 m³/s
May5.90Q85%3.1 m³/s
June12.70Q95%2.17 m³/s
July42.98Qmin0.64 m³/s
August100.26
September64.23
October24.00
November10.37
December6.80
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
ParameterValue
Gross head330 m
Turbine efficiency90%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency99%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance21%
Transformer reactance9.15%
Transmission line inductance0.95 mH/km
Transmission line length20 km
Transmission voltage level132 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Design a power plant so to obtain following parameters: (i) Electrical power output or installed capacity taking design discharge as Q45%. [3] (ii) Select numbers of units [3] (iii) Select the type of turbine [3] (iv) Show appropriate generator transformer scheme. [3] (v) Draw single line diagram showing number of units, generator, power transformer, station transformer and diesel generator for black start. [4] (vi) Calculate the rating of the transmission line side circuit breaker (HVCB) to be used in your design. [4]

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 2,000 MVA at the 132 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given). The line is taken as a single circuit (not stated).

(i) Installed capacity at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = March (4.55 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×4.55=0.455Q_r = 0.1 \times 4.55 = 0.455 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=9.82−0.455=9.365 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=330−16.50=313.50 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×9.365×313.50=28.801 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.9×28.801=25.921 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×25.921=25.144 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.99×25.144=24.892 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 9.82 - 0.455 = 9.365\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 330 - 16.50 = 313.50\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 9.365 \times 313.50 = 28.801\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.9 \times 28.801 = 25.921\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 25.921 = 25.144\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.99 \times 25.144 = 24.892\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 25.144 MW; power delivered to the 132 kV bus = 24.892 MW.

(ii) Number of units

  • Choose 2 units. With a run-of-river flow that falls well below the design flow in the dry months, one unit can run near full load on half the design flow, so efficiency stays high in winter.
  • One unit can be maintained while the other runs, and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=9.365/2=4.683Q = 9.365/2 = 4.683 m³/s, generator output =25.144/2=12.572= 25.144/2 = 12.572 MW → rate each unit at 12.6 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=12.6/0.85=14.82S = 12.6/0.85 = 14.82 MVA → 15 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 16 MVA, 11/132 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 15 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 12.6 MW = 25.2 MW.

(iii) Type of turbine

Hn=313.50H_n = 313.50 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=25.921/2=12960.7P = 25.921/2 = 12960.7 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=1319.2H_n^{5/4} = 1319.2:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
1000686.3
750864.7
6001051.8
5001243.2
428.61437.0
3751632.4
333.31828.8

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=428.6N = 428.6 rpm (14 poles): Ns=37.0N_s = 37.0. With 4 jets, Ns,jet=37.0/4=18.5N_{s,jet} = 37.0/\sqrt{4} = 18.5, inside the Pelton range.

Check of jet ratio: jet velocity Vj=0.982gHn=76.9V_j = 0.98\sqrt{2gH_n} = 76.9 m/s; bucket speed u=0.46Vju = 0.46V_j; runner diameter D=60u/(πN)=1.58D = 60u/(\pi N) = 1.58 m; jet diameter d=4(Q/z)/(πVj)=0.139d = \sqrt{4(Q/z)/(\pi V_j)} = 0.139 m; D/d=11.3>10D/d = 11.3 > 10, acceptable.

A Francis at 1000 rpm (Ns=86.3N_s = 86.3) is also possible, but the Pelton is preferred because (i) its efficiency stays nearly flat from about 20% to 100% load (jets can be switched off), which suits a run-of-river plant whose flow falls far below the design flow in the dry season, and (ii) it tolerates the heavy sediment of Himalayan rivers better, and worn buckets and needles are easier to repair.

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis 4-jet Pelton turbines, 428.6 rpm, about 12.96 MW each.

(iv) Generator–transformer scheme

Choose the unit scheme (one generator connected to its own step-up transformer, with a generator circuit breaker between them).

PointUnit scheme (chosen)Common bus / group scheme
Fault level at 11 kVLow (one machine only)High (all machines in parallel)
Effect of a transformer faultOnly one unit lostWhole plant may trip
Maintenance outageOne unit at a timeCommon transformer outage stops all
11 kV switchgearOnly GCB and short leadsLarge 11 kV bus and breakers
Losses / efficiencyNo 11 kV bus lossesMore 11 kV copper losses
CostMore transformersFewer, larger transformers

Reasons: the units are large (15 MVA each, about 787 A at 11 kV), the transmission voltage is 132 kV, and the unit scheme keeps the 11 kV fault level and generator-voltage switchgear small. The GCB lets the unit be synchronised and tripped at 11 kV while the station transformer, tapped between the GCB and the step-up transformer, stays fed from the grid (back-feed) when the unit is stopped.

(v) Single line diagram

 Line to grid  (132 kV, 20 km)
    |
  [CB]
    |
 ===+====+================+=== 132 kV bus
         |                |
       [CB]             [CB]
         |                |
       (T1)             (T2)
         |                |
  ST1 ---+                +--- ST2
         |                |
       [GCB]            [GCB]
         |                |
       (G1)             (G2)
         |                |
       [NGT]            [NGT]

 ST1, ST2 (11/0.4 kV)
    |               |
 ===+====[BS]=======+=== 0.4 kV aux bus
              |
            [ACB]
              |
            (DG)  diesel set, black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G215 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 428.6 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 21%
Step-up transformers T1–T216 MVA each, 11/132 kV, YNd11, XX = 9.15%
Station transformer ST1, ST2400 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 4.5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG250 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line132 kV, single circuit, 20 km to grid substation
NGTneutral grounding transformer with secondary resistor (high-resistance earthing)
132 kV busdouble main bus with bus coupler (drawn as one line)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

Bus bar used in the SLD

  • 132 kV switchyard: double main bus bar with a bus coupler. Each bay (transformer or line) can be put on either bus, so one bus can be maintained without shutting down the plant and a bus fault affects only the circuits on that bus. This is the NEA practice at 132 kV and above.
  • 11 kV: no common bus (unit scheme); each generator connects to its transformer through the GCB.

(vi) Rating of the transmission line side circuit breaker (HVCB)

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.21×10015=1.4000 pu,xt=0.0915×10016=0.5719 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.95×10−3×20=5.969 Ωxl=XL×1001322=5.969174.24=0.0343 pu,xgrid=1002000=0.0500 puxgrid path=0.0500+0.0343=0.0843 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.21 \times \frac{100}{15} = 1.4000\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0915 \times \frac{100}{16} = 0.5719\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.95\times10^{-3} \times 20 = 5.969\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{132^2} = \frac{5.969}{174.24} = 0.0343\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{2000} = 0.0500\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.0500 + 0.0343 = 0.0843\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

For a fault on the 132 kV bus, the plant and the grid feed in parallel:

Xplant=xg+xt2=1.4000+0.57192=0.9859 puSHV=1000.9859+1000.0843=101.4+1186.8=1288.3 MVAIsc=1288.33×132=5.63 kA,Imake=2.55×5.63=14.37 kA peakIFL=2×163×132=140 A\begin{aligned} X_{plant} &= \frac{x_g + x_t}{2} = \frac{1.4000 + 0.5719}{2} = 0.9859\ \text{pu} \\ S_{HV} &= \frac{100}{0.9859} + \frac{100}{0.0843} = 101.4 + 1186.8 = 1288.3\ \text{MVA} \\ I_{sc} &= \frac{1288.3}{\sqrt{3} \times 132} = 5.63\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 5.63 = 14.37\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{2 \times 16}{\sqrt{3} \times 132} = 140\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage132 kV system145 kV
Rated normal current≥ 175 A1250 A
Breaking capacity1288.3 MVA (5.63 kA)31.5 kA
Making capacity14.37 kA peak80 kA peak
BIL–650 kVp
Type–SF6, outdoor, spring mechanism, 3-pole, single-pole tripping for auto-reclose

Answer: HV bus fault level = 1288.3 MVA (5.63 kA); select a 145 kV, 1250 A, 31.5 kA SF6 circuit breaker. Of this, the plant itself contributes only 101.4 MVA; the rest comes from the grid, so the result depends on the assumed grid fault level.

  • 2081 Chaitra · 3+3+3+3+4+4 marks

A typical hydropower plant has the following details:
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January6.90Qmax (Q0)218.00 m³/s
February5.86Q25%28.24 m³/s
March4.58Q45%9.80 m³/s
April3.55Q65%6.7 m³/s
May5.10Q85%4.1 m³/s
June17.70Q95%2.9 m³/s
July72.95Qmin1.64 m³/s
August120.26
September98.23
October25.05
November8.38
December7.85
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
ParameterValue
Gross head300 m
Turbine efficiency91%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency99%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance21%
Transformer reactance9.15%
Transmission line inductance0.92 mH/km
Transmission line length20 km
Generator voltage level11 kV
Design a power plant so to obtain following parameters: (i) Installed capacity in MW taking design discharge as Q45% [3] (ii) Select numbers of units [3] (iii) Select the type of turbine [3] (iv) Choose suitable generator transformer scheme. [3] (v) Draw single line diagram showing number of units, generator, power transformer, station transformer and diesel generator for black start. [4] (vi) Calculate the rating of the generator circuit breaker (GCB) to be used in your design. [4] [Charts attached: turbine head-range table; turbine application chart for higher head (head against flow with Pelton, Turgo and Francis envelopes); chart for lower head (Pelton, Turgo, Crossflow, Francis and Kaplan envelopes); specific speed against net head chart]

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 2,000 MVA at the 132 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

Transmission voltage (not given)

Use Still's formula for the economical voltage (L in km, P in kW):

V=5.5L1.6+P100=5.5201.6+23400100=86.4 kV\begin{aligned} V &= 5.5\sqrt{\frac{L}{1.6} + \frac{P}{100}} = 5.5\sqrt{\frac{20}{1.6} + \frac{23400}{100}} = 86.4\ \text{kV} \end{aligned}

Still's value of 86.4 kV lies between 66 kV and 132 kV; choose 132 kV, single circuit, the NEA grid voltage, which also leaves room for future projects in the area.

(i) Installed capacity in MW at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = April (3.55 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×3.55=0.355Q_r = 0.1 \times 3.55 = 0.355 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=9.8−0.355=9.445 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=300−15.00=285.00 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×9.445×285.00=26.407 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.91×26.407=24.030 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×24.030=23.309 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.99×23.309=23.076 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 9.8 - 0.355 = 9.445\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 300 - 15.00 = 285.00\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 9.445 \times 285.00 = 26.407\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.91 \times 26.407 = 24.030\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 24.030 = 23.309\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.99 \times 23.309 = 23.076\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 23.309 MW; power delivered to the 132 kV bus = 23.076 MW.

(ii) Number of units

  • Choose 2 units. With a run-of-river flow that falls well below the design flow in the dry months, one unit can run near full load on half the design flow, so efficiency stays high in winter.
  • One unit can be maintained while the other runs, and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=9.445/2=4.723Q = 9.445/2 = 4.723 m³/s, generator output =23.309/2=11.655= 23.309/2 = 11.655 MW → rate each unit at 11.7 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=11.7/0.85=13.76S = 11.7/0.85 = 13.76 MVA → 14 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 16 MVA, 11/132 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 14 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 11.7 MW = 23.4 MW.

(iii) Type of turbine

Hn=285.00H_n = 285.00 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=24.030/2=12015.1P = 24.030/2 = 12015.1 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=1171.0H_n^{5/4} = 1171.0:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
1000693.6
750870.2
6001056.2
5001246.8
428.61440.1
3751635.1
333.31831.2

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=428.6N = 428.6 rpm (14 poles): Ns=40.1N_s = 40.1. With 4 jets, Ns,jet=40.1/4=20.1N_{s,jet} = 40.1/\sqrt{4} = 20.1, inside the Pelton range.

Check of jet ratio: jet velocity Vj=0.982gHn=73.3V_j = 0.98\sqrt{2gH_n} = 73.3 m/s; bucket speed u=0.46Vju = 0.46V_j; runner diameter D=60u/(πN)=1.50D = 60u/(\pi N) = 1.50 m; jet diameter d=4(Q/z)/(πVj)=0.143d = \sqrt{4(Q/z)/(\pi V_j)} = 0.143 m; D/d=10.5>10D/d = 10.5 > 10, acceptable.

A Francis at 1000 rpm (Ns=93.6N_s = 93.6) is also possible, but the Pelton is preferred because (i) its efficiency stays nearly flat from about 20% to 100% load (jets can be switched off), which suits a run-of-river plant whose flow falls far below the design flow in the dry season, and (ii) it tolerates the heavy sediment of Himalayan rivers better, and worn buckets and needles are easier to repair.

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis 4-jet Pelton turbines, 428.6 rpm, about 12.02 MW each.

(iv) Generator–transformer scheme

Choose the unit scheme (one generator connected to its own step-up transformer, with a generator circuit breaker between them).

PointUnit scheme (chosen)Common bus / group scheme
Fault level at 11 kVLow (one machine only)High (all machines in parallel)
Effect of a transformer faultOnly one unit lostWhole plant may trip
Maintenance outageOne unit at a timeCommon transformer outage stops all
11 kV switchgearOnly GCB and short leadsLarge 11 kV bus and breakers
Losses / efficiencyNo 11 kV bus lossesMore 11 kV copper losses
CostMore transformersFewer, larger transformers

Reasons: the units are large (14 MVA each, about 735 A at 11 kV), the transmission voltage is 132 kV, and the unit scheme keeps the 11 kV fault level and generator-voltage switchgear small. The GCB lets the unit be synchronised and tripped at 11 kV while the station transformer, tapped between the GCB and the step-up transformer, stays fed from the grid (back-feed) when the unit is stopped.

(v) Single line diagram

 Line to grid  (132 kV, 20 km)
    |
  [CB]
    |
 ===+====+================+=== 132 kV bus
         |                |
       [CB]             [CB]
         |                |
       (T1)             (T2)
         |                |
  ST1 ---+                +--- ST2
         |                |
       [GCB]            [GCB]
         |                |
       (G1)             (G2)
         |                |
       [NGT]            [NGT]

 ST1, ST2 (11/0.4 kV)
    |               |
 ===+====[BS]=======+=== 0.4 kV aux bus
              |
            [ACB]
              |
            (DG)  diesel set, black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G214 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 428.6 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 21%
Step-up transformers T1–T216 MVA each, 11/132 kV, YNd11, XX = 9.15%
Station transformer ST1, ST2400 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 4.5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG250 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line132 kV, single circuit, 20 km to grid substation
NGTneutral grounding transformer with secondary resistor (high-resistance earthing)
132 kV busdouble main bus with bus coupler (drawn as one line)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

(vi) Rating of generator circuit breaker (GCB)

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.21×10014=1.5000 pu,xt=0.0915×10016=0.5719 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.92×10−3×20=5.781 Ωxl=XL×1001322=5.781174.24=0.0332 pu,xgrid=1002000=0.0500 puxgrid path=0.0500+0.0332=0.0832 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.21 \times \frac{100}{14} = 1.5000\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0915 \times \frac{100}{16} = 0.5719\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.92\times10^{-3} \times 20 = 5.781\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{132^2} = \frac{5.781}{174.24} = 0.0332\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{2000} = 0.0500\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.0500 + 0.0332 = 0.0832\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

A unit-connected GCB sees the larger of two currents: (a) a fault on the transformer side fed by its own generator, (b) a fault on the generator side fed by the system through the unit transformer (grid plus the other units).

Sa=100xg=1001.5000=66.7 MVAXext=xgrid path∥(xg+xt)=0.0832∥2.0719=0.0800 puSb=100xt+Xext=1000.5719+0.0800=153.4 MVA\begin{aligned} S_a &= \frac{100}{x_g} = \frac{100}{1.5000} = 66.7\ \text{MVA} \\ X_{ext} &= x_{grid\ path} \parallel (x_g + x_t) = 0.0832 \parallel 2.0719 = 0.0800\ \text{pu} \\ S_b &= \frac{100}{x_t + X_{ext}} = \frac{100}{0.5719 + 0.0800} = 153.4\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned}

Design fault level for the GCB = larger value = 153.4 MVA.

Isc=153.43×11=8.05 kA,Imake=2.55×8.05=20.53 kA peakIFL=143×11=735 A,1.25IFL=919 A\begin{aligned} I_{sc} &= \frac{153.4}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 8.05\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 8.05 = 20.53\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{14}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 735\ \text{A}, \quad 1.25 I_{FL} = 919\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage11 kV system12 kV
Rated normal current≥ 919 A1250 A
Breaking capacity153.4 MVA (8.05 kA)25 kA (520 MVA at 12 kV)
Making capacity20.53 kA peak63 kA peak
Short-time current–25 kA, 3 s
Type–Vacuum (or SF6), generator-duty tested (IEEE C37.013)

Answer: GCB fault level = 153.4 MVA; select a 12 kV, 1250 A, 25 kA generator circuit breaker. The margin covers the DC component and delayed current zeros of generator faults; surge arresters and surge capacitors are fitted at the generator terminals when a VCB is used.

  • 2081 Shrawan · 2+3+3+4+4 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details.
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
Jan4.68533Qmax (Q0)207.0024 m³/s
Feb3.867942Q25%18.2424 m³/s
Mar3.584017Q45%6.87999 m³/s
Apr4.553517Q65%4.706992 m³/s
May3.22678Q85%3.106132 m³/s
Jun12.77418Q95%2.17348 m³/s
July32.95867Qmin0.648732 m³/s
Aug40.26243
Sept31.23782
Oct15.05586
Nov7.380238
Dec4.858522
ParameterValue
Gross head220 m
Turbine efficiency90%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency98%
Head loss5.00%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance21%
Transformer reactance9%
Transmission line inductance0.95 mH/km
Transmission line length25 km
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission voltage level and no. of circuitsUse optimal one
Design a hydro power plant so as to obtain the following parameters. a) Installed capacity taking design discharge as Q45%. [2] b) Select the number of unit and turbine type. [3] c) Select the type of turbine. [3] d) Draw the single line diagram showing number of units, generator, power transformer and station transformer. [4] e) Calculate the rating of generator circuit breaker to be used in your design. [4]

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 1,000 MVA at the 66 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

Optimal transmission voltage and number of circuits

Use Still's formula for the economical voltage (L in km, P in kW):

V=5.5L1.6+P100=5.5251.6+11800100=63.6 kV\begin{aligned} V &= 5.5\sqrt{\frac{L}{1.6} + \frac{P}{100}} = 5.5\sqrt{\frac{25}{1.6} + \frac{11800}{100}} = 63.6\ \text{kV} \end{aligned}

The nearest standard voltage is 66 kV. Line current at 66 kV: I=11.8/0.853×66=121I = \dfrac{11.8/0.85}{\sqrt3 \times 66} = 121 A, which a single ACSR Dog or Wolf circuit carries easily. Choose 66 kV, single circuit: an 11.8 MW plant does not justify the extra cost of a second circuit, and 33 kV would give high losses and voltage drop over 25 km.

a) Installed capacity at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = May (3.22678 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×3.22678=0.3227Q_r = 0.1 \times 3.22678 = 0.3227 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=6.87999−0.3227=6.557 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=220−11.00=209.00 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×6.557×209.00=13.444 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.9×13.444=12.100 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×12.100=11.737 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.98×11.737=11.502 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 6.87999 - 0.3227 = 6.557\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 220 - 11.00 = 209.00\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 6.557 \times 209.00 = 13.444\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.9 \times 13.444 = 12.100\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 12.100 = 11.737\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.98 \times 11.737 = 11.502\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 11.737 MW; power delivered to the 66 kV bus = 11.502 MW.

b) Number of units (turbine type in part c)

  • Choose 2 units. With a run-of-river flow that falls well below the design flow in the dry months, one unit can run near full load on half the design flow, so efficiency stays high in winter.
  • One unit can be maintained while the other runs, and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=6.557/2=3.279Q = 6.557/2 = 3.279 m³/s, generator output =11.737/2=5.868= 11.737/2 = 5.868 MW → rate each unit at 5.9 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=5.9/0.85=6.94S = 5.9/0.85 = 6.94 MVA → 7 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 8 MVA, 11/66 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 7 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 5.9 MW = 11.8 MW.

c) Type of turbine

Hn=209.00H_n = 209.00 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=12.100/2=6050.0P = 12.100/2 = 6050.0 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=794.7H_n^{5/4} = 794.7:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
1000697.9
750873.4
6001058.7
5001248.9
428.61442.0
3751636.7
333.31832.6

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=375N = 375 rpm (16 poles): Ns=36.7N_s = 36.7. With 4 jets, Ns,jet=36.7/4=18.4N_{s,jet} = 36.7/\sqrt{4} = 18.4, inside the Pelton range.

Check of jet ratio: jet velocity Vj=0.982gHn=62.8V_j = 0.98\sqrt{2gH_n} = 62.8 m/s; bucket speed u=0.46Vju = 0.46V_j; runner diameter D=60u/(πN)=1.47D = 60u/(\pi N) = 1.47 m; jet diameter d=4(Q/z)/(πVj)=0.129d = \sqrt{4(Q/z)/(\pi V_j)} = 0.129 m; D/d=11.4>10D/d = 11.4 > 10, acceptable.

A Francis at 1000 rpm (Ns=97.9N_s = 97.9) is also possible, but the Pelton is preferred because (i) its efficiency stays nearly flat from about 20% to 100% load (jets can be switched off), which suits a run-of-river plant whose flow falls far below the design flow in the dry season, and (ii) it tolerates the heavy sediment of Himalayan rivers better, and worn buckets and needles are easier to repair.

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis 4-jet Pelton turbines, 375 rpm, about 6.05 MW each.

d) Single line diagram

 Line to grid  (66 kV, 25 km)
    |
  [CB]
    |
 ===+=====+=============+=== 66 kV bus
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
        (T1)          (T2)
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
 =========+====[BS]=====+=========+=== 11 kV bus
          |             |         |
        [GCB]         [GCB]     [CB]
          |             |         |
        (G1)          (G2)      (ST)
                                  |
 =================================+===+ 0.4 kV
                                      |
                                    [ACB]
                                      |
                                    (DG) black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G27 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 375 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 21%
Step-up transformers T1–T28 MVA each, 11/66 kV, YNd11, XX = 9%
Station transformer ST200 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 4.5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG125 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line66 kV, single circuit, 25 km to grid substation
NGRneutral grounding resistor (low-resistance earthing, one generator earthed at a time if preferred)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

e) Rating of generator circuit breaker

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.21×1007=3.0000 pu,xt=0.09×1008=1.1250 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.95×10−3×25=7.461 Ωxl=XL×100662=7.46143.56=0.1713 pu,xgrid=1001000=0.1000 puxgrid path=0.1000+0.1713=0.2713 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.21 \times \frac{100}{7} = 3.0000\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.09 \times \frac{100}{8} = 1.1250\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.95\times10^{-3} \times 25 = 7.461\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{66^2} = \frac{7.461}{43.56} = 0.1713\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{1000} = 0.1000\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.1000 + 0.1713 = 0.2713\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

All generators feed the common 11 kV bus, so the GCB is rated for the full 11 kV bus fault level (generators plus the grid through the step-up transformers):

Sgen=2×1003.0000=66.7 MVASgrid=100xt/2+xgrid path=1000.5625+0.2713=119.9 MVAS11kV=66.7+119.9=186.6 MVA\begin{aligned} S_{gen} &= 2 \times \frac{100}{3.0000} = 66.7\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{grid} &= \frac{100}{x_t/2 + x_{grid\ path}} = \frac{100}{0.5625 + 0.2713} = 119.9\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{11kV} &= 66.7 + 119.9 = 186.6\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned} Isc=186.63×11=9.79 kA,Imake=2.55×9.79=24.97 kA peakIFL=73×11=367 A,1.25IFL=459 A\begin{aligned} I_{sc} &= \frac{186.6}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 9.79\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 9.79 = 24.97\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{7}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 367\ \text{A}, \quad 1.25 I_{FL} = 459\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage11 kV system12 kV
Rated normal current≥ 459 A630 A
Breaking capacity186.6 MVA (9.79 kA)25 kA (520 MVA at 12 kV)
Making capacity24.97 kA peak63 kA peak
Short-time current–25 kA, 3 s
Type–Vacuum (or SF6), generator-duty tested (IEEE C37.013)

Answer: GCB fault level = 186.6 MVA; select a 12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA generator circuit breaker. The margin covers the DC component and delayed current zeros of generator faults; surge arresters and surge capacitors are fitted at the generator terminals when a VCB is used.

  • 2080 Chaitra · 3+2+3+4+4 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details.
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January13.5Qmax (Q0)149.00 m³/s
February8.6Q25%72.5 m³/s
March6.58Q45%22.87 m³/s
April7.5Q65%12.7 m³/s
May12.8Q85%8.70 m³/s
June25.7Q95%7.1 m³/s
July72.5Qmin5.05 m³/s
August101.2
September81.3
October27.05
November21.38
December14.35
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan and Propeller2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
Michell-Banki3 < H < 250
Turgo50 < H < 250
ParameterValue
Gross head310 m
Turbine efficiency91%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency99%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance21%
Transformer reactance9.15%
Transmission line inductance0.95 mH/km
Transmission line length30 km
Transmission voltage levelAs required
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitChoose appropriately as required (single or double)
(Please make your own smart assumption if needed beside given data above) Design a power plant project so as to obtain following, a) Installed capacity with design discharge as Q45% and appropriate number of units. [3] b) Choose the appropriate type of Generator lead. [2] c) Choose your generator transformer scheme mentioning the reasons. [3] d) Make single line diagram for the project choosing earthing system, excitation system and bus bar system. [4] e) Find Rating of high voltage circuit breaker of the project. [4] [Charts attached: turbine head-range table; turbine application chart of head (m) against flow (m³/s) with Pelton, Turgo and Francis envelopes and power lines from 20 kW to 20 MW; low-head chart with Pelton, Turgo, Crossflow, Francis and Kaplan envelopes; specific speed against net head chart for Bulbo, Helice, Kaplan, Francis, Crossflow and Pelton; turbine efficiency against Q/Q0 curves for Full Kaplan, Pelton, Francis, Crossflow and Fixed propeller]

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 2,000 MVA at the 132 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

Transmission voltage and circuits (assumed as required)

Use Still's formula for the economical voltage (L in km, P in kW):

V=5.5L1.6+P100=5.5301.6+56700100=133.1 kV\begin{aligned} V &= 5.5\sqrt{\frac{L}{1.6} + \frac{P}{100}} = 5.5\sqrt{\frac{30}{1.6} + \frac{56700}{100}} = 133.1\ \text{kV} \end{aligned}

Choose 132 kV, the nearest standard voltage, with a double-circuit line so that the 56.7 MW output is not lost when one circuit trips (N-1 security).

a) Installed capacity at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = March (6.58 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×6.58=0.658Q_r = 0.1 \times 6.58 = 0.658 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=22.87−0.658=22.212 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=310−15.50=294.50 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×22.212×294.50=64.171 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.91×64.171=58.396 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×58.396=56.644 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.99×56.644=56.078 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 22.87 - 0.658 = 22.212\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 310 - 15.50 = 294.50\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 22.212 \times 294.50 = 64.171\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.91 \times 64.171 = 58.396\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 58.396 = 56.644\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.99 \times 56.644 = 56.078\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 56.644 MW; power delivered to the 132 kV bus = 56.078 MW.

a) (contd.) Number of units

  • Choose 3 units. A plant of this size would need very large single machines with only two units, which are hard to transport on Nepal's hill roads; three units also let the plant follow the large seasonal change in flow (one or two units in the dry months, all three in the wet months).
  • Loss of one unit (forced outage or maintenance) removes only one third of the output.
  • Per unit: Q=22.212/3=7.404Q = 22.212/3 = 7.404 m³/s, generator output =56.644/3=18.881= 56.644/3 = 18.881 MW → rate each unit at 18.9 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=18.9/0.85=22.24S = 18.9/0.85 = 22.24 MVA → 22.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 25 MVA, 11/132 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 22.5 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 3 × 18.9 MW = 56.7 MW.

Type of turbine (for unit speed)

Hn=294.50H_n = 294.50 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=58.396/3=19465.3P = 58.396/3 = 19465.3 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=1220.0H_n^{5/4} = 1220.0:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
10006114.4
750885.8
6001068.6
5001257.2
428.61449.0
3751642.9
333.31838.1

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=333.3N = 333.3 rpm (18 poles): Ns=38.1N_s = 38.1. With 4 jets, Ns,jet=38.1/4=19.1N_{s,jet} = 38.1/\sqrt{4} = 19.1, inside the Pelton range.

Check of jet ratio: jet velocity Vj=0.982gHn=74.5V_j = 0.98\sqrt{2gH_n} = 74.5 m/s; bucket speed u=0.46Vju = 0.46V_j; runner diameter D=60u/(πN)=1.96D = 60u/(\pi N) = 1.96 m; jet diameter d=4(Q/z)/(πVj)=0.178d = \sqrt{4(Q/z)/(\pi V_j)} = 0.178 m; D/d=11.0>10D/d = 11.0 > 10, acceptable.

A Francis at 750 rpm (Ns=85.8N_s = 85.8) is also possible, but the Pelton is preferred because (i) its efficiency stays nearly flat from about 20% to 100% load (jets can be switched off), which suits a run-of-river plant whose flow falls far below the design flow in the dry season, and (ii) it tolerates the heavy sediment of Himalayan rivers better, and worn buckets and needles are easier to repair.

Answer: 3 × vertical-axis 4-jet Pelton turbines, 333.3 rpm, about 19.47 MW each.

b) Type of generator lead

Generator full-load current: I=22.5×1063×11×103=1181I = \dfrac{22.5 \times 10^6}{\sqrt{3} \times 11 \times 10^3} = 1181 A.

Choose a segregated phase bus duct (SPBD) from the generator terminals to the GCB and the step-up transformer LV side.

  • About 1181 A is too high for a practical number of parallel cables (several runs per phase, poor current sharing, many terminations).
  • An isolated phase bus duct (IPB) is used for very large machines (above about 3000–4000 A, i.e. more than about 60–100 MVA at 11 kV); it is not needed here.
  • SPBD has each phase in its own compartment of an earthed metal enclosure, so a phase-to-phase fault is very unlikely, it is compact, self-cooled and low-maintenance.
  • Rating: 12 kV, 1600 A continuous, short-time withstand ≥ the GCB rating (25 kA for 1 s), aluminium bars, with tap-off for the station transformer, surge capacitors and PTs.

c) Generator–transformer scheme and reasons

Choose the unit scheme (one generator connected to its own step-up transformer, with a generator circuit breaker between them).

PointUnit scheme (chosen)Common bus / group scheme
Fault level at 11 kVLow (one machine only)High (all machines in parallel)
Effect of a transformer faultOnly one unit lostWhole plant may trip
Maintenance outageOne unit at a timeCommon transformer outage stops all
11 kV switchgearOnly GCB and short leadsLarge 11 kV bus and breakers
Losses / efficiencyNo 11 kV bus lossesMore 11 kV copper losses
CostMore transformersFewer, larger transformers

Reasons: the units are large (22.5 MVA each, about 1181 A at 11 kV), the transmission voltage is 132 kV, and the unit scheme keeps the 11 kV fault level and generator-voltage switchgear small. The GCB lets the unit be synchronised and tripped at 11 kV while the station transformer, tapped between the GCB and the step-up transformer, stays fed from the grid (back-feed) when the unit is stopped.

d) Single line diagram with earthing, excitation and bus bar

 Line-1          Line-2  (132 kV, 30 km)
    |               |
  [CB]            [CB]
    |               |
 ===+===+===========+===========+=== 132 kV bus
        |           |           |
      [CB]        [CB]        [CB]
        |           |           |
      (T1)        (T2)        (T3)
        |           |           |
 ST1 ---+           +           +--- ST2
        |           |           |
      [GCB]       [GCB]       [GCB]
        |           |           |
      (G1)        (G2)        (G3)
        |           |           |
      [NGT]       [NGT]       [NGT]

 ST1, ST2 (11/0.4 kV)
    |               |
 ===+====[BS]=======+=== 0.4 kV aux bus
              |
            [ACB]
              |
            (DG)  diesel set, black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G322.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 333.3 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 21%
Step-up transformers T1–T325 MVA each, 11/132 kV, YNd11, XX = 9.15%
Station transformer ST1, ST21000 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG625 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line132 kV, double circuit, 30 km to grid substation
NGTneutral grounding transformer with secondary resistor (high-resistance earthing)
132 kV busdouble main bus with bus coupler (drawn as one line)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

Choices shown on the SLD: earthing – each generator neutral through a neutral grounding transformer with secondary resistor (high-resistance earthing, fault current about 10 A), the HV star of each GSU solidly earthed, and all equipment bonded to the powerhouse/switchyard earth mat; excitation – static (thyristor) excitation fed from an excitation transformer at each generator terminal, with field flashing from the 110 V DC battery (fast response for a large grid-connected unit); bus bar – 132 kV double main bus with bus coupler, two line bays for the double-circuit line.

e) Rating of high voltage circuit breaker

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.21×10022.5=0.9333 pu,xt=0.0915×10025=0.3660 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.95×10−3×30=8.954 Ω per circuit; two in parallel=4.477 Ωxl=XL×1001322=4.477174.24=0.0257 pu,xgrid=1002000=0.0500 puxgrid path=0.0500+0.0257=0.0757 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.21 \times \frac{100}{22.5} = 0.9333\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0915 \times \frac{100}{25} = 0.3660\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.95\times10^{-3} \times 30 = 8.954\ \Omega \text{ per circuit; two in parallel} = 4.477\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{132^2} = \frac{4.477}{174.24} = 0.0257\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{2000} = 0.0500\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.0500 + 0.0257 = 0.0757\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

For a fault on the 132 kV bus, the plant and the grid feed in parallel:

Xplant=xg+xt3=0.9333+0.36603=0.4331 puSHV=1000.4331+1000.0757=230.9+1321.1=1552.0 MVAIsc=1552.03×132=6.79 kA,Imake=2.55×6.79=17.31 kA peakIFL=3×253×132=328 A\begin{aligned} X_{plant} &= \frac{x_g + x_t}{3} = \frac{0.9333 + 0.3660}{3} = 0.4331\ \text{pu} \\ S_{HV} &= \frac{100}{0.4331} + \frac{100}{0.0757} = 230.9 + 1321.1 = 1552.0\ \text{MVA} \\ I_{sc} &= \frac{1552.0}{\sqrt{3} \times 132} = 6.79\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 6.79 = 17.31\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{3 \times 25}{\sqrt{3} \times 132} = 328\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage132 kV system145 kV
Rated normal current≥ 410 A1250 A
Breaking capacity1552.0 MVA (6.79 kA)31.5 kA
Making capacity17.31 kA peak80 kA peak
BIL–650 kVp
Type–SF6, outdoor, spring mechanism, 3-pole, single-pole tripping for auto-reclose

Answer: HV bus fault level = 1552.0 MVA (6.79 kA); select a 145 kV, 1250 A, 31.5 kA SF6 circuit breaker. Of this, the plant itself contributes only 230.9 MVA; the rest comes from the grid, so the result depends on the assumed grid fault level.

  • 2079 Chaitra · 1+2+3+2+4+4 marks

A typical hydropower plant has the following details:
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January3.30Qmax (Q0)110.00 m³/s
February2.20Q25%16.42 m³/s
March1.40Q45%6.82 m³/s
April1.00Q65%3.7 m³/s
May3.50Q85%2.10 m³/s
June6.00Q95%1.17 m³/s
July14.00Qmin0.64 m³/s
August35.00
September24.00
October12.00
November7.50
December5.00
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
ParameterValue
Gross head95 m
Turbine efficiency90%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency98%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance20%
Transformer reactance11%
Transmission line inductance0.77 mH/km
Transmission line length80 km
Transmission voltage level66 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitSingle circuit
Design a hydro power plant so as to obtain following parameters a) Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q65%. [1] b) Select the numbers of unit and installed capacity. [2] c) Select the type of turbine. [3] d) Select the type of bus bar to be used. [2] e) Draw the single line diagram showing number of units, generator, power transformer, station transformer and diesel generator for black start. [4] f) Calculate the rating of generator circuit breaker and high voltage circuit breaker in your design. [4]

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 1,000 MVA at the 66 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

a) Electrical power output at Q65%Q_{65\%}

Driest month = April (1 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×1=0.1Q_r = 0.1 \times 1 = 0.1 m³/s.

Qd=Q65%−Qr=3.7−0.1=3.600 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=95−4.75=90.25 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×3.600×90.25=3.187 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.9×3.187=2.869 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×2.869=2.782 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.98×2.782=2.727 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{65\%} - Q_r = 3.7 - 0.1 = 3.600\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 95 - 4.75 = 90.25\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 3.600 \times 90.25 = 3.187\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.9 \times 3.187 = 2.869\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 2.869 = 2.782\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.98 \times 2.782 = 2.727\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 2.782 MW; power delivered to the 66 kV bus = 2.727 MW.

b) Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 2 units. With a run-of-river flow that falls well below the design flow in the dry months, one unit can run near full load on half the design flow, so efficiency stays high in winter.
  • One unit can be maintained while the other runs, and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=3.600/2=1.800Q = 3.600/2 = 1.800 m³/s, generator output =2.782/2=1.391= 2.782/2 = 1.391 MW → rate each unit at 1.4 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=1.4/0.85=1.65S = 1.4/0.85 = 1.65 MVA → 2 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • One step-up transformer for both units: 4 MVA, 11/66 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 4 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 1.4 MW = 2.8 MW.

c) Type of turbine

Hn=90.25H_n = 90.25 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=2.869/2=1434.3P = 2.869/2 = 1434.3 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=278.2H_n^{5/4} = 278.2:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
10006136.1
7508102.1
6001081.7
5001268.1
428.61458.4
3751651.1
333.31845.4

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=1000N = 1000 rpm (6 poles): Ns=136.1N_s = 136.1, which is in the medium Francis range. A Pelton would need many jets (single-jet NsN_s far above 30), and Kaplan is ruled out because the head is above 40 m.

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis Francis turbines, 1000 rpm, about 1.43 MW each.

d) Type of bus bar

  • 11 kV: single bus bar; the two small generators and the transformer feeder are connected to it through VCB panels.
  • 66 kV: single bus bar with one transformer bay and one line bay.

Reason: the plant is only 2.8 MW with one line, so a simple single bus is the most economical; an outage of the bus means loss of a small block of power only, and maintenance can be planned for the dry season.

e) Single line diagram

 Line to grid  (66 kV, 80 km)
    |
  [CB]
    |
 ===+======+=== 66 kV bus
           |
         [CB]
           |
         (T1)
           |
         [CB]
           |
 ===+======+======+=========+=== 11 kV bus
    |             |         |
  [GCB]         [GCB]     [CB]
    |             |         |
  (G1)          (G2)      (ST)
                            |
 ===========================+===+ 0.4 kV
                                |
                              [ACB]
                                |
                              (DG) black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G22 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 1000 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 20%
Step-up transformer T14 MVA, 11/66 kV, YNd11, XX = 11%
Station transformer ST100 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 4.5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG62.5 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line66 kV, single circuit, 80 km to grid substation
NGRneutral grounding resistor (low-resistance earthing, one generator earthed at a time if preferred)

GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

f) Rating of generator circuit breaker (GCB)

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.2×1002=10.0000 pu,xt=0.11×1004=2.7500 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.77×10−3×80=19.352 Ωxl=XL×100662=19.35243.56=0.4443 pu,xgrid=1001000=0.1000 puxgrid path=0.1000+0.4443=0.5443 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.2 \times \frac{100}{2} = 10.0000\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.11 \times \frac{100}{4} = 2.7500\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.77\times10^{-3} \times 80 = 19.352\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{66^2} = \frac{19.352}{43.56} = 0.4443\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{1000} = 0.1000\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.1000 + 0.4443 = 0.5443\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

All generators feed the common 11 kV bus, so the GCB is rated for the full 11 kV bus fault level (generators plus the grid through the step-up transformers):

Sgen=2×10010.0000=20.0 MVASgrid=100xt+xgrid path=1002.7500+0.5443=30.4 MVAS11kV=20.0+30.4=50.4 MVA\begin{aligned} S_{gen} &= 2 \times \frac{100}{10.0000} = 20.0\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{grid} &= \frac{100}{x_t + x_{grid\ path}} = \frac{100}{2.7500 + 0.5443} = 30.4\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{11kV} &= 20.0 + 30.4 = 50.4\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned} Isc=50.43×11=2.64 kA,Imake=2.55×2.64=6.74 kA peakIFL=23×11=105 A,1.25IFL=131 A\begin{aligned} I_{sc} &= \frac{50.4}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 2.64\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 2.64 = 6.74\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{2}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 105\ \text{A}, \quad 1.25 I_{FL} = 131\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage11 kV system12 kV
Rated normal current≥ 131 A630 A
Breaking capacity50.4 MVA (2.64 kA)25 kA (520 MVA at 12 kV)
Making capacity6.74 kA peak63 kA peak
Short-time current–25 kA, 3 s
Type–Vacuum (or SF6), generator-duty tested (IEEE C37.013)

Answer: GCB fault level = 50.4 MVA; select a 12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA generator circuit breaker. The margin covers the DC component and delayed current zeros of generator faults; surge arresters and surge capacitors are fitted at the generator terminals when a VCB is used.

f) (contd.) Rating of HV circuit breaker

For a fault on the 66 kV bus, the plant and the grid feed in parallel:

Xplant=xg2+xt1=5.0000+2.7500=7.7500 puSHV=1007.7500+1000.5443=12.9+183.7=196.6 MVAIsc=196.63×66=1.72 kA,Imake=2.55×1.72=4.39 kA peakIFL=1×43×66=35 A\begin{aligned} X_{plant} &= \frac{x_g}{2} + \frac{x_t}{1} = 5.0000 + 2.7500 = 7.7500\ \text{pu} \\ S_{HV} &= \frac{100}{7.7500} + \frac{100}{0.5443} = 12.9 + 183.7 = 196.6\ \text{MVA} \\ I_{sc} &= \frac{196.6}{\sqrt{3} \times 66} = 1.72\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 1.72 = 4.39\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{1 \times 4}{\sqrt{3} \times 66} = 35\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage66 kV system72.5 kV
Rated normal current≥ 44 A630 A
Breaking capacity196.6 MVA (1.72 kA)25 kA
Making capacity4.39 kA peak63 kA peak
BIL–325 kVp
Type–SF6, outdoor, spring mechanism, 3-pole

Answer: HV bus fault level = 196.6 MVA (1.72 kA); select a 72.5 kV, 630 A, 25 kA SF6 circuit breaker. Of this, the plant itself contributes only 12.9 MVA; the rest comes from the grid, so the result depends on the assumed grid fault level.

  • 2079 Shrawan · 3+2+3+4+4 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
Baishakh6.26Qmax (Q0)157.00 m³/s
Jestha12.45Q25%18.24 m³/s
Ashad32.12Q40%12.85 m³/s
Shrawan49.08Q65%10.7 m³/s
Bhadra44.47Q85%6.40 m³/s
Ashoj23.88Q95%4.91 m³/s
Kartik11.57Qmin3.35 m³/s
Mangsir7.2
Poush5.06
Magh4.1
Falgun3.69
Chaitra4.25
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan and Propeller2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
Michell-Banki3 < H < 250
Turgo50 < H < 250
ParameterValue
Gross head589 m
Turbine efficiency91%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency99%
Head loss4%
Riparian release10% of driest flow
Generator sub-transient reactance18%
Transformer reactance7.15%
Transmission line inductance0.95 mH/km
Transmission line length12 km
Transmission voltage level132 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitDouble circuit
(Please make your own smart assumption if needed beside given data above) Design a power plant project so as to obtain following a) Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q40%. [3] b) Select the numbers of units and installed capacity. [2] c) Recommend the appropriate type of Generator-transformer scheme. [3] d) Make single line diagram for the project choosing your generator transformer scheme and bus bar system. [4] e) Find MVA rating of a generator circuit breaker of the project. [4]

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 4% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 2,000 MVA at the 132 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

a) Electrical power output at Q40%Q_{40\%}

Driest month = Falgun (3.69 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×3.69=0.369Q_r = 0.1 \times 3.69 = 0.369 m³/s.

Qd=Q40%−Qr=12.85−0.369=12.481 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.04)=589−23.56=565.44 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×12.481×565.44=69.232 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.91×69.232=63.001 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×63.001=61.111 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.99×61.111=60.500 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{40\%} - Q_r = 12.85 - 0.369 = 12.481\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.04) = 589 - 23.56 = 565.44\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 12.481 \times 565.44 = 69.232\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.91 \times 69.232 = 63.001\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 63.001 = 61.111\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.99 \times 61.111 = 60.500\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 61.111 MW; power delivered to the 132 kV bus = 60.500 MW.

b) Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 3 units. A plant of this size would need very large single machines with only two units, which are hard to transport on Nepal's hill roads; three units also let the plant follow the large seasonal change in flow (one or two units in the dry months, all three in the wet months).
  • Loss of one unit (forced outage or maintenance) removes only one third of the output.
  • Per unit: Q=12.481/3=4.160Q = 12.481/3 = 4.160 m³/s, generator output =61.111/3=20.370= 61.111/3 = 20.370 MW → rate each unit at 20.4 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=20.4/0.85=24.00S = 20.4/0.85 = 24.00 MVA → 24 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 25 MVA, 11/132 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 24 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 3 × 20.4 MW = 61.2 MW.

Type of turbine (for unit speed)

Hn=565.44H_n = 565.44 m is above the Francis limit (350 m), so only a Pelton turbine is possible; specific speed fixes the speed and number of jets.

Shaft power per unit P=63.001/3=21000.3P = 63.001/3 = 21000.3 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=2757.3H_n^{5/4} = 2757.3:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
1000652.6
750839.4
6001031.5
5001226.3
428.61422.5
3751619.7
333.31817.5

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=750N = 750 rpm (8 poles): Ns=39.4N_s = 39.4. With 4 jets, Ns,jet=39.4/4=19.7N_{s,jet} = 39.4/\sqrt{4} = 19.7, inside the Pelton range.

Check of jet ratio: jet velocity Vj=0.982gHn=103.2V_j = 0.98\sqrt{2gH_n} = 103.2 m/s; bucket speed u=0.46Vju = 0.46V_j; runner diameter D=60u/(πN)=1.21D = 60u/(\pi N) = 1.21 m; jet diameter d=4(Q/z)/(πVj)=0.113d = \sqrt{4(Q/z)/(\pi V_j)} = 0.113 m; D/d=10.7>10D/d = 10.7 > 10, acceptable.

The Pelton also keeps high efficiency at part load and handles sediment well.

Answer: 3 × vertical-axis 4-jet Pelton turbines, 750 rpm, about 21.00 MW each.

c) Generator–transformer scheme

Choose the unit scheme (one generator connected to its own step-up transformer, with a generator circuit breaker between them).

PointUnit scheme (chosen)Common bus / group scheme
Fault level at 11 kVLow (one machine only)High (all machines in parallel)
Effect of a transformer faultOnly one unit lostWhole plant may trip
Maintenance outageOne unit at a timeCommon transformer outage stops all
11 kV switchgearOnly GCB and short leadsLarge 11 kV bus and breakers
Losses / efficiencyNo 11 kV bus lossesMore 11 kV copper losses
CostMore transformersFewer, larger transformers

Reasons: the units are large (24 MVA each, about 1260 A at 11 kV), the transmission voltage is 132 kV, and the unit scheme keeps the 11 kV fault level and generator-voltage switchgear small. The GCB lets the unit be synchronised and tripped at 11 kV while the station transformer, tapped between the GCB and the step-up transformer, stays fed from the grid (back-feed) when the unit is stopped.

d) Single line diagram

 Line-1          Line-2  (132 kV, 12 km)
    |               |
  [CB]            [CB]
    |               |
 ===+===+===========+===========+=== 132 kV bus
        |           |           |
      [CB]        [CB]        [CB]
        |           |           |
      (T1)        (T2)        (T3)
        |           |           |
 ST1 ---+           +           +--- ST2
        |           |           |
      [GCB]       [GCB]       [GCB]
        |           |           |
      (G1)        (G2)        (G3)
        |           |           |
      [NGT]       [NGT]       [NGT]

 ST1, ST2 (11/0.4 kV)
    |               |
 ===+====[BS]=======+=== 0.4 kV aux bus
              |
            [ACB]
              |
            (DG)  diesel set, black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G324 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 750 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 18%
Step-up transformers T1–T325 MVA each, 11/132 kV, YNd11, XX = 7.15%
Station transformer ST1, ST21000 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG625 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line132 kV, double circuit, 12 km to grid substation
NGTneutral grounding transformer with secondary resistor (high-resistance earthing)
132 kV busdouble main bus with bus coupler (drawn as one line)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

d) (contd.) Bus bar system

  • 132 kV switchyard: double main bus bar with a bus coupler. Each bay (transformer or line) can be put on either bus, so one bus can be maintained without shutting down the plant and a bus fault affects only the circuits on that bus. This is the NEA practice at 132 kV and above.
  • 11 kV: no common bus (unit scheme); each generator connects to its transformer through the GCB.

e) MVA rating of generator circuit breaker

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.18×10024=0.7500 pu,xt=0.0715×10025=0.2860 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.95×10−3×12=3.581 Ω per circuit; two in parallel=1.791 Ωxl=XL×1001322=1.791174.24=0.0103 pu,xgrid=1002000=0.0500 puxgrid path=0.0500+0.0103=0.0603 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.18 \times \frac{100}{24} = 0.7500\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0715 \times \frac{100}{25} = 0.2860\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.95\times10^{-3} \times 12 = 3.581\ \Omega \text{ per circuit; two in parallel} = 1.791\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{132^2} = \frac{1.791}{174.24} = 0.0103\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{2000} = 0.0500\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.0500 + 0.0103 = 0.0603\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

A unit-connected GCB sees the larger of two currents: (a) a fault on the transformer side fed by its own generator, (b) a fault on the generator side fed by the system through the unit transformer (grid plus the other units).

Sa=100xg=1000.7500=133.3 MVAXext=xgrid path∥(xg+xt)/2=0.0603∥0.5180=0.0540 puSb=100xt+Xext=1000.2860+0.0540=294.1 MVA\begin{aligned} S_a &= \frac{100}{x_g} = \frac{100}{0.7500} = 133.3\ \text{MVA} \\ X_{ext} &= x_{grid\ path} \parallel (x_g + x_t)/2 = 0.0603 \parallel 0.5180 = 0.0540\ \text{pu} \\ S_b &= \frac{100}{x_t + X_{ext}} = \frac{100}{0.2860 + 0.0540} = 294.1\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned}

Design fault level for the GCB = larger value = 294.1 MVA.

Isc=294.13×11=15.44 kA,Imake=2.55×15.44=39.37 kA peakIFL=243×11=1260 A,1.25IFL=1575 A\begin{aligned} I_{sc} &= \frac{294.1}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 15.44\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 15.44 = 39.37\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{24}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 1260\ \text{A}, \quad 1.25 I_{FL} = 1575\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage11 kV system12 kV
Rated normal current≥ 1575 A1600 A
Breaking capacity294.1 MVA (15.44 kA)25 kA (520 MVA at 12 kV)
Making capacity39.37 kA peak63 kA peak
Short-time current–25 kA, 3 s
Type–Vacuum (or SF6), generator-duty tested (IEEE C37.013)

Answer: GCB fault level = 294.1 MVA; select a 12 kV, 1600 A, 25 kA generator circuit breaker. The margin covers the DC component and delayed current zeros of generator faults; surge arresters and surge capacitors are fitted at the generator terminals when a VCB is used.

  • 2079 Jestha · 16 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details.
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
Jan11.95Qmax (Q0)674.19 m³/s
Feb9.94Q25%48.90 m³/s
Mar9.20Q45%16.75 m³/s
Apr11.93Q65%9.34 m³/s
May8.48Q85%6.21 m³/s
Jun42.28Q95%4.38 m³/s
July120.98Qmin1.40 m³/s
Aug143.00
Sep110.27
Oct50.95
Nov24.66
Dec16.17
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
ParameterValue
Gross head120 m
Turbine efficiency90%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency98%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance15%
Transformer reactance12%
Transmission line inductance0.96 mH/km
Transmission line length20 km
Transmission voltage level33 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitSingle circuit
Design a power plant so as to obtain the following parameters i) Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q45% ii) Select the numbers of units and installed capacity with suitable reasons iii) Draw the single line diagram showing numbers of units, generators, power transformer, station transformer and diesel generator for black start iv) Select the type of turbine v) Select the type of busbar with suitable reasons vi) Calculate the MVA level of LV bus, MV bus and HV bus vii) Calculate the rating of CB to be used in your design. (Assume suitable data if required)

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 500 MVA at the 33 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

i) Electrical power output at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = May (8.48 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×8.48=0.848Q_r = 0.1 \times 8.48 = 0.848 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=16.75−0.848=15.902 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=120−6.00=114.00 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×15.902×114.00=17.784 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.9×17.784=16.005 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×16.005=15.525 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.98×15.525=15.215 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 16.75 - 0.848 = 15.902\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 120 - 6.00 = 114.00\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 15.902 \times 114.00 = 17.784\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.9 \times 17.784 = 16.005\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 16.005 = 15.525\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.98 \times 15.525 = 15.215\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 15.525 MW; power delivered to the 33 kV bus = 15.215 MW.

ii) Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 2 units. With a run-of-river flow that falls well below the design flow in the dry months, one unit can run near full load on half the design flow, so efficiency stays high in winter.
  • One unit can be maintained while the other runs, and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=15.902/2=7.951Q = 15.902/2 = 7.951 m³/s, generator output =15.525/2=7.763= 15.525/2 = 7.763 MW → rate each unit at 7.8 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=7.8/0.85=9.18S = 7.8/0.85 = 9.18 MVA → 9.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 10 MVA, 11/33 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 9.5 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 7.8 MW = 15.6 MW.

iii) Single line diagram

 Line to grid  (33 kV, 20 km)
    |
  [CB]
    |
 ===+=====+=============+=== 33 kV bus
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
        (T1)          (T2)
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
 =========+====[BS]=====+=========+=== 11 kV bus
          |             |         |
        [GCB]         [GCB]     [CB]
          |             |         |
        (G1)          (G2)      (ST)
                                  |
 =================================+===+ 0.4 kV
                                      |
                                    [ACB]
                                      |
                                    (DG) black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G29.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 600 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 15%
Step-up transformers T1–T210 MVA each, 11/33 kV, YNd11, XX = 12%
Station transformer ST250 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 4.5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG160 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line33 kV, single circuit, 20 km to grid substation
NGRneutral grounding resistor (low-resistance earthing, one generator earthed at a time if preferred)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

iv) Type of turbine

Hn=114.00H_n = 114.00 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=16.005/2=8002.7P = 16.005/2 = 8002.7 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=372.5H_n^{5/4} = 372.5:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
10006240.2
7508180.1
60010144.1
50012120.1
428.614102.9
3751690.1
333.31880.0

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=600N = 600 rpm (10 poles): Ns=144.1N_s = 144.1, which is in the medium Francis range. A Pelton would need many jets (single-jet NsN_s far above 30), and Kaplan is ruled out because the head is above 40 m.

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis Francis turbines, 600 rpm, about 8.00 MW each.

v) Type of bus bar

  • 11 kV: single bus bar with a bus-section breaker, units split between the two sections, so a bus fault or maintenance takes out only part of the plant.
  • 33 kV: single bus bar, sectionalised, with transformer bays and one line bay.

Reason: for a 15.6 MW plant a sectionalised single bus gives reasonable reliability at low cost; a double bus or main-and-transfer bus would cost much more and is normally used only for larger plants or grid substations.

vi) MVA level of LV, MV and HV buses

LV = 0.4 kV auxiliary bus, MV = 11 kV generator bus, HV = 33 kV switchyard bus. Station transformer 250 kVA, 4.5%.

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.15×1009.5=1.5789 pu,xt=0.12×10010=1.2000 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.96×10−3×20=6.032 Ωxl=XL×100332=6.03210.89=0.5539 pu,xgrid=100500=0.2000 puxgrid path=0.2000+0.5539=0.7539 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.15 \times \frac{100}{9.5} = 1.5789\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.12 \times \frac{100}{10} = 1.2000\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.96\times10^{-3} \times 20 = 6.032\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{33^2} = \frac{6.032}{10.89} = 0.5539\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{500} = 0.2000\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.2000 + 0.5539 = 0.7539\ \text{pu} \end{aligned} xst=0.045×1000.25=18.000 puSMV=2×100xg+100xt/2+xgrid path=126.7+73.9=200.5 MVASHV=100xg/2+xt/2+100xgrid path=72.0+132.6=204.6 MVAXMV=100200.5=0.4987 pu,SLV=1000.4987+18.000=5.41 MVA\begin{aligned} x_{st} &= 0.045 \times \frac{100}{0.25} = 18.000\ \text{pu} \\ S_{MV} &= 2 \times \frac{100}{x_g} + \frac{100}{x_t/2 + x_{grid\ path}} = 126.7 + 73.9 = 200.5\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{HV} &= \frac{100}{x_g/2 + x_t/2} + \frac{100}{x_{grid\ path}} = 72.0 + 132.6 = 204.6\ \text{MVA} \\ X_{MV} &= \frac{100}{200.5} = 0.4987\ \text{pu}, \quad S_{LV} = \frac{100}{0.4987 + 18.000} = 5.41\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned}
BusFault MVAIscI_{sc} (kA)
LV (0.4 kV)5.417.80
MV (11 kV)200.510.52
HV (33 kV)204.63.58

Answer: LV ≈ 5.41 MVA, MV ≈ 200.5 MVA, HV ≈ 204.6 MVA.

vii) Rating of circuit breakers

Breaking current from the bus fault levels above; making current = 2.55 × IscI_{sc} (IEC 62271-100); rated current ≥ 1.25 × full-load current.

BreakerFull-load currentRequired breakingSelected
GCB / 11 kV CBs499 A per generator200.5 MVA, 10.52 kA (make 26.8 kA)12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA VCB
HV CB (33 kV)350 A total204.6 MVA, 3.58 kA (make 9.1 kA)36 kV, 630 A, 16 kA SF6
LV ACB (0.4 kV)361 A (station tr.)5.41 MVA, 7.80 kA (make 13.3 kA*)415 V, 630 A, 25 kA ACB

*At 0.4 kV the making current uses the IEC 60947-2 factor n = 1.7 for this fault current.

Answer: 11 kV GCB: 12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA; 33 kV CB: 36 kV, 630 A, 16 kA; 0.4 kV ACB: 630 A, 25 kA.

  • 2078 Chaitra · 3+2+3+4+4 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January7.50Qmax (Q0)207.00 m³/s
February6.60Q25%28.24 m³/s
March5.58Q45%18.87 m³/s
April6.55Q65%13.7 m³/s
May8.8Q85%8.90 m³/s
June17.77Q95%7.91 m³/s
July56.95Qmin5.05 m³/s
August134.26
September103.27
October29.05
November19.38
December12.35
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan and Propeller2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
Michell-Banki3 < H < 250
Turgo50 < H < 250
ParameterValue
Gross head360 m
Turbine efficiency90%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency98%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance19%
Transformer reactance8.15%
Transmission line inductance0.95 mH/km
Transmission line length22 km
Transmission voltage level132 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitDouble circuit
(Please make your own smart assumption if needed beside given data above) Design a power plant project so as to obtain following a) Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q45%. [3] b) Select the numbers of units and installed capacity. [2] c) Recommend the appropriate type of Generator-transformer scheme. [3] d) Make single line diagram for the project choosing your generator transformer scheme and bus bar system. [4] e) Find MVA Rating of a generator circuit breaker of the project. [4]

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 2,000 MVA at the 132 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

a) Electrical power output at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = March (5.58 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×5.58=0.558Q_r = 0.1 \times 5.58 = 0.558 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=18.87−0.558=18.312 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=360−18.00=342.00 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×18.312×342.00=61.437 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.9×61.437=55.293 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×55.293=53.635 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.98×53.635=52.562 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 18.87 - 0.558 = 18.312\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 360 - 18.00 = 342.00\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 18.312 \times 342.00 = 61.437\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.9 \times 61.437 = 55.293\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 55.293 = 53.635\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.98 \times 53.635 = 52.562\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 53.635 MW; power delivered to the 132 kV bus = 52.562 MW.

b) Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 3 units. A plant of this size would need very large single machines with only two units, which are hard to transport on Nepal's hill roads; three units also let the plant follow the large seasonal change in flow (one or two units in the dry months, all three in the wet months).
  • Loss of one unit (forced outage or maintenance) removes only one third of the output.
  • Per unit: Q=18.312/3=6.104Q = 18.312/3 = 6.104 m³/s, generator output =53.635/3=17.878= 53.635/3 = 17.878 MW → rate each unit at 17.9 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=17.9/0.85=21.06S = 17.9/0.85 = 21.06 MVA → 21.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 25 MVA, 11/132 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 21.5 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 3 × 17.9 MW = 53.7 MW.

Type of turbine (for unit speed)

Hn=342.00H_n = 342.00 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=55.293/3=18431.1P = 55.293/3 = 18431.1 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=1470.7H_n^{5/4} = 1470.7:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
1000692.3
750869.2
6001055.4
5001246.2
428.61439.6
3751634.6
333.31830.8

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=428.6N = 428.6 rpm (14 poles): Ns=39.6N_s = 39.6. With 4 jets, Ns,jet=39.6/4=19.8N_{s,jet} = 39.6/\sqrt{4} = 19.8, inside the Pelton range.

Check of jet ratio: jet velocity Vj=0.982gHn=80.3V_j = 0.98\sqrt{2gH_n} = 80.3 m/s; bucket speed u=0.46Vju = 0.46V_j; runner diameter D=60u/(πN)=1.65D = 60u/(\pi N) = 1.65 m; jet diameter d=4(Q/z)/(πVj)=0.156d = \sqrt{4(Q/z)/(\pi V_j)} = 0.156 m; D/d=10.6>10D/d = 10.6 > 10, acceptable.

A Francis at 1000 rpm (Ns=92.3N_s = 92.3) is also possible, but the Pelton is preferred because (i) its efficiency stays nearly flat from about 20% to 100% load (jets can be switched off), which suits a run-of-river plant whose flow falls far below the design flow in the dry season, and (ii) it tolerates the heavy sediment of Himalayan rivers better, and worn buckets and needles are easier to repair.

Answer: 3 × vertical-axis 4-jet Pelton turbines, 428.6 rpm, about 18.43 MW each.

c) Generator–transformer scheme

Choose the unit scheme (one generator connected to its own step-up transformer, with a generator circuit breaker between them).

PointUnit scheme (chosen)Common bus / group scheme
Fault level at 11 kVLow (one machine only)High (all machines in parallel)
Effect of a transformer faultOnly one unit lostWhole plant may trip
Maintenance outageOne unit at a timeCommon transformer outage stops all
11 kV switchgearOnly GCB and short leadsLarge 11 kV bus and breakers
Losses / efficiencyNo 11 kV bus lossesMore 11 kV copper losses
CostMore transformersFewer, larger transformers

Reasons: the units are large (21.5 MVA each, about 1128 A at 11 kV), the transmission voltage is 132 kV, and the unit scheme keeps the 11 kV fault level and generator-voltage switchgear small. The GCB lets the unit be synchronised and tripped at 11 kV while the station transformer, tapped between the GCB and the step-up transformer, stays fed from the grid (back-feed) when the unit is stopped.

d) Single line diagram

 Line-1          Line-2  (132 kV, 22 km)
    |               |
  [CB]            [CB]
    |               |
 ===+===+===========+===========+=== 132 kV bus
        |           |           |
      [CB]        [CB]        [CB]
        |           |           |
      (T1)        (T2)        (T3)
        |           |           |
 ST1 ---+           +           +--- ST2
        |           |           |
      [GCB]       [GCB]       [GCB]
        |           |           |
      (G1)        (G2)        (G3)
        |           |           |
      [NGT]       [NGT]       [NGT]

 ST1, ST2 (11/0.4 kV)
    |               |
 ===+====[BS]=======+=== 0.4 kV aux bus
              |
            [ACB]
              |
            (DG)  diesel set, black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G321.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 428.6 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 19%
Step-up transformers T1–T325 MVA each, 11/132 kV, YNd11, XX = 8.15%
Station transformer ST1, ST21000 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG625 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line132 kV, double circuit, 22 km to grid substation
NGTneutral grounding transformer with secondary resistor (high-resistance earthing)
132 kV busdouble main bus with bus coupler (drawn as one line)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

d) (contd.) Bus bar system

  • 132 kV switchyard: double main bus bar with a bus coupler. Each bay (transformer or line) can be put on either bus, so one bus can be maintained without shutting down the plant and a bus fault affects only the circuits on that bus. This is the NEA practice at 132 kV and above.
  • 11 kV: no common bus (unit scheme); each generator connects to its transformer through the GCB.

e) MVA rating of generator circuit breaker

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.19×10021.5=0.8837 pu,xt=0.0815×10025=0.3260 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.95×10−3×22=6.566 Ω per circuit; two in parallel=3.283 Ωxl=XL×1001322=3.283174.24=0.0188 pu,xgrid=1002000=0.0500 puxgrid path=0.0500+0.0188=0.0688 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.19 \times \frac{100}{21.5} = 0.8837\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0815 \times \frac{100}{25} = 0.3260\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.95\times10^{-3} \times 22 = 6.566\ \Omega \text{ per circuit; two in parallel} = 3.283\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{132^2} = \frac{3.283}{174.24} = 0.0188\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{2000} = 0.0500\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.0500 + 0.0188 = 0.0688\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

A unit-connected GCB sees the larger of two currents: (a) a fault on the transformer side fed by its own generator, (b) a fault on the generator side fed by the system through the unit transformer (grid plus the other units).

Sa=100xg=1000.8837=113.2 MVAXext=xgrid path∥(xg+xt)/2=0.0688∥0.6049=0.0618 puSb=100xt+Xext=1000.3260+0.0618=257.9 MVA\begin{aligned} S_a &= \frac{100}{x_g} = \frac{100}{0.8837} = 113.2\ \text{MVA} \\ X_{ext} &= x_{grid\ path} \parallel (x_g + x_t)/2 = 0.0688 \parallel 0.6049 = 0.0618\ \text{pu} \\ S_b &= \frac{100}{x_t + X_{ext}} = \frac{100}{0.3260 + 0.0618} = 257.9\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned}

Design fault level for the GCB = larger value = 257.9 MVA.

Isc=257.93×11=13.53 kA,Imake=2.55×13.53=34.51 kA peakIFL=21.53×11=1128 A,1.25IFL=1411 A\begin{aligned} I_{sc} &= \frac{257.9}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 13.53\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 13.53 = 34.51\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{21.5}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 1128\ \text{A}, \quad 1.25 I_{FL} = 1411\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage11 kV system12 kV
Rated normal current≥ 1411 A1600 A
Breaking capacity257.9 MVA (13.53 kA)25 kA (520 MVA at 12 kV)
Making capacity34.51 kA peak63 kA peak
Short-time current–25 kA, 3 s
Type–Vacuum (or SF6), generator-duty tested (IEEE C37.013)

Answer: GCB fault level = 257.9 MVA; select a 12 kV, 1600 A, 25 kA generator circuit breaker. The margin covers the DC component and delayed current zeros of generator faults; surge arresters and surge capacitors are fitted at the generator terminals when a VCB is used.

  • 2078 Kartik · 3+3+2+4+4 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January5.5Qmax (Q0)207.00 m³/s
February4.6Q25%28.24 m³/s
March3.58Q45%8.87 m³/s
April4.55Q65%5.7 m³/s
May4.8Q85%4.10 m³/s
June12.77Q95%2.91 m³/s
July39.95Qmin1.05 m³/s
August50.26
September41.23
October23.05
November9.38
December6.35
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan and Propeller2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
Michell-Banki3 < H < 250
Turgo50 < H < 250
ParameterValue
Gross head260 m
Turbine efficiency90%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency98%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance21%
Transformer reactance9.15%
Transmission line inductance0.95 mH/km
Transmission line length30 km
Transmission voltage level66 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitDouble circuit
(Please make your own smart assumption if needed beside given data above) Design a power plant project so as to obtain following a) Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q45%. [3] b) Select the numbers of units and installed capacity. [3] c) Choose the appropriate type of Generator lead. [2] d) Make single line diagram for the project choosing your generator transformer scheme and bus bar system. [4] e) Find Rating of generator circuit breaker of the project. [4]

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 1,000 MVA at the 66 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

a) Electrical power output at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = March (3.58 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×3.58=0.358Q_r = 0.1 \times 3.58 = 0.358 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=8.87−0.358=8.512 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=260−13.00=247.00 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×8.512×247.00=20.625 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.9×20.625=18.563 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×18.563=18.006 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.98×18.006=17.646 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 8.87 - 0.358 = 8.512\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 260 - 13.00 = 247.00\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 8.512 \times 247.00 = 20.625\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.9 \times 20.625 = 18.563\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 18.563 = 18.006\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.98 \times 18.006 = 17.646\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 18.006 MW; power delivered to the 66 kV bus = 17.646 MW.

b) Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 2 units. With a run-of-river flow that falls well below the design flow in the dry months, one unit can run near full load on half the design flow, so efficiency stays high in winter.
  • One unit can be maintained while the other runs, and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=8.512/2=4.256Q = 8.512/2 = 4.256 m³/s, generator output =18.006/2=9.003= 18.006/2 = 9.003 MW → rate each unit at 9.1 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=9.1/0.85=10.71S = 9.1/0.85 = 10.71 MVA → 11 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 12.5 MVA, 11/66 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 11 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 9.1 MW = 18.2 MW.

Type of turbine (for unit speed)

Hn=247.00H_n = 247.00 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=18.563/2=9281.3P = 18.563/2 = 9281.3 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=979.2H_n^{5/4} = 979.2:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
1000698.4
750873.8
6001059.0
5001249.2
428.61442.2
3751636.9
333.31832.8

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=375N = 375 rpm (16 poles): Ns=36.9N_s = 36.9. With 4 jets, Ns,jet=36.9/4=18.4N_{s,jet} = 36.9/\sqrt{4} = 18.4, inside the Pelton range.

Check of jet ratio: jet velocity Vj=0.982gHn=68.2V_j = 0.98\sqrt{2gH_n} = 68.2 m/s; bucket speed u=0.46Vju = 0.46V_j; runner diameter D=60u/(πN)=1.60D = 60u/(\pi N) = 1.60 m; jet diameter d=4(Q/z)/(πVj)=0.141d = \sqrt{4(Q/z)/(\pi V_j)} = 0.141 m; D/d=11.3>10D/d = 11.3 > 10, acceptable.

A Francis at 1000 rpm (Ns=98.4N_s = 98.4) is also possible, but the Pelton is preferred because (i) its efficiency stays nearly flat from about 20% to 100% load (jets can be switched off), which suits a run-of-river plant whose flow falls far below the design flow in the dry season, and (ii) it tolerates the heavy sediment of Himalayan rivers better, and worn buckets and needles are easier to repair.

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis 4-jet Pelton turbines, 375 rpm, about 9.28 MW each.

c) Type of generator lead

Generator full-load current: I=11×1063×11×103=577I = \dfrac{11 \times 10^6}{\sqrt{3} \times 11 \times 10^3} = 577 A.

Choose 11 kV XLPE single-core copper cables (generator lead in cable trench/tray) or a non-segregated phase bus duct.

  • At about 577 A, two runs per phase of 1C 240 mm² Cu XLPE cable (about 400–450 A per cable laid in trefoil after derating) carry the current with margin.
  • Cables are cheap, flexible to route inside the powerhouse, and easy to terminate at the GCB panel and transformer.
  • A bus duct (NSPBD/SPBD) becomes economic only for higher currents (above about 1000–1500 A); IPB only for very large units.

d) Generator–transformer scheme

Choose the unit scheme (one generator connected to its own step-up transformer, with a generator circuit breaker between them).

PointUnit scheme (chosen)Common bus / group scheme
Fault level at 11 kVLow (one machine only)High (all machines in parallel)
Effect of a transformer faultOnly one unit lostWhole plant may trip
Maintenance outageOne unit at a timeCommon transformer outage stops all
11 kV switchgearOnly GCB and short leadsLarge 11 kV bus and breakers
Losses / efficiencyNo 11 kV bus lossesMore 11 kV copper losses
CostMore transformersFewer, larger transformers

Reasons: the units are large (11 MVA each, about 577 A at 11 kV), the transmission voltage is 66 kV, and the unit scheme keeps the 11 kV fault level and generator-voltage switchgear small. The GCB lets the unit be synchronised and tripped at 11 kV while the station transformer, tapped between the GCB and the step-up transformer, stays fed from the grid (back-feed) when the unit is stopped.

d) (contd.) Single line diagram

 Line-1          Line-2  (66 kV, 30 km)
    |               |
  [CB]            [CB]
    |               |
 ===+====+==========+=====+=== 66 kV bus
         |                |
       [CB]             [CB]
         |                |
       (T1)             (T2)
         |                |
  ST1 ---+                +--- ST2
         |                |
       [GCB]            [GCB]
         |                |
       (G1)             (G2)
         |                |
       [NGT]            [NGT]

 ST1, ST2 (11/0.4 kV)
    |               |
 ===+====[BS]=======+=== 0.4 kV aux bus
              |
            [ACB]
              |
            (DG)  diesel set, black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G211 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 375 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 21%
Step-up transformers T1–T212.5 MVA each, 11/66 kV, YNd11, XX = 9.15%
Station transformer ST1, ST2315 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 4.5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG200 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line66 kV, double circuit, 30 km to grid substation
NGTneutral grounding transformer with secondary resistor (high-resistance earthing)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

d) (contd.) Bus bar system

  • 11 kV: single bus bar with a bus-section breaker, units split between the two sections, so a bus fault or maintenance takes out only part of the plant.
  • 66 kV: single bus bar, sectionalised, with transformer bays and two line bays (double circuit).

Reason: for a 18.2 MW plant a sectionalised single bus gives reasonable reliability at low cost; a double bus or main-and-transfer bus would cost much more and is normally used only for larger plants or grid substations.

e) Rating of generator circuit breaker

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.21×10011=1.9091 pu,xt=0.0915×10012.5=0.7320 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.95×10−3×30=8.954 Ω per circuit; two in parallel=4.477 Ωxl=XL×100662=4.47743.56=0.1028 pu,xgrid=1001000=0.1000 puxgrid path=0.1000+0.1028=0.2028 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.21 \times \frac{100}{11} = 1.9091\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0915 \times \frac{100}{12.5} = 0.7320\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.95\times10^{-3} \times 30 = 8.954\ \Omega \text{ per circuit; two in parallel} = 4.477\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{66^2} = \frac{4.477}{43.56} = 0.1028\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{1000} = 0.1000\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.1000 + 0.1028 = 0.2028\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

A unit-connected GCB sees the larger of two currents: (a) a fault on the transformer side fed by its own generator, (b) a fault on the generator side fed by the system through the unit transformer (grid plus the other units).

Sa=100xg=1001.9091=52.4 MVAXext=xgrid path∥(xg+xt)=0.2028∥2.6411=0.1883 puSb=100xt+Xext=1000.7320+0.1883=108.7 MVA\begin{aligned} S_a &= \frac{100}{x_g} = \frac{100}{1.9091} = 52.4\ \text{MVA} \\ X_{ext} &= x_{grid\ path} \parallel (x_g + x_t) = 0.2028 \parallel 2.6411 = 0.1883\ \text{pu} \\ S_b &= \frac{100}{x_t + X_{ext}} = \frac{100}{0.7320 + 0.1883} = 108.7\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned}

Design fault level for the GCB = larger value = 108.7 MVA.

Isc=108.73×11=5.70 kA,Imake=2.55×5.70=14.54 kA peakIFL=113×11=577 A,1.25IFL=722 A\begin{aligned} I_{sc} &= \frac{108.7}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 5.70\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 5.70 = 14.54\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{11}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 577\ \text{A}, \quad 1.25 I_{FL} = 722\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage11 kV system12 kV
Rated normal current≥ 722 A800 A
Breaking capacity108.7 MVA (5.70 kA)25 kA (520 MVA at 12 kV)
Making capacity14.54 kA peak63 kA peak
Short-time current–25 kA, 3 s
Type–Vacuum (or SF6), generator-duty tested (IEEE C37.013)

Answer: GCB fault level = 108.7 MVA; select a 12 kV, 800 A, 25 kA generator circuit breaker. The margin covers the DC component and delayed current zeros of generator faults; surge arresters and surge capacitors are fitted at the generator terminals when a VCB is used.

  • 2077 Chaitra · 3+3+3+5+4+6 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January4.15Qmax (Q0)120.00 m³/s
February3.60Q25%43.24 m³/s
March3.44Q45%16.17 m³/s
April3.89Q65%5.99 m³/s
May5.54Q85%4.40 m³/s
June16.67Q95%3.71 m³/s
July43.36Qmin2.65 m³/s
August53.29
September37.84
October16.56
November8.15
December5.53
ParameterValue
Gross head550 m
Turbine efficiency91%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency99%
Head loss4.5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance21%
Transformer reactance9.15%
Transmission line inductance0.95 mH/km
Transmission line length25 km
Transmission voltage level132 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitSingle circuit
(Please make your own smart assumption if needed beside given data above) Design a power plant project so as to obtain following a) Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q45%. [3] b) Select the numbers of units and Turbine Type. [3] c) What kind of Generator lead do you choose and why? [3] d) Make single line diagram for the project choosing your generator transformer scheme and bus bar system. [5] e) Find Rating of generator circuit breaker of the project. [4] f) Make a tentative quotation for purchasing suitable "Generator Transformer" as per the requirement of the project. [6]

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 4.5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 2,000 MVA at the 132 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

a) Electrical power output at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = March (3.44 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×3.44=0.344Q_r = 0.1 \times 3.44 = 0.344 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=16.17−0.344=15.826 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.045)=550−24.75=525.25 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×15.826×525.25=81.547 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.91×81.547=74.207 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×74.207=71.981 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.99×71.981=71.261 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 16.17 - 0.344 = 15.826\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.045) = 550 - 24.75 = 525.25\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 15.826 \times 525.25 = 81.547\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.91 \times 81.547 = 74.207\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 74.207 = 71.981\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.99 \times 71.981 = 71.261\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 71.981 MW; power delivered to the 132 kV bus = 71.261 MW.

b) Number of units

  • Choose 3 units. A plant of this size would need very large single machines with only two units, which are hard to transport on Nepal's hill roads; three units also let the plant follow the large seasonal change in flow (one or two units in the dry months, all three in the wet months).
  • Loss of one unit (forced outage or maintenance) removes only one third of the output.
  • Per unit: Q=15.826/3=5.275Q = 15.826/3 = 5.275 m³/s, generator output =71.981/3=23.994= 71.981/3 = 23.994 MW → rate each unit at 24 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=24/0.85=28.24S = 24/0.85 = 28.24 MVA → 28.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 31.5 MVA, 11/132 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 28.5 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 3 × 24 MW = 72 MW.

b) (contd.) Turbine type

Hn=525.25H_n = 525.25 m is above the Francis limit (350 m), so only a Pelton turbine is possible; specific speed fixes the speed and number of jets.

Shaft power per unit P=74.207/3=24735.8P = 74.207/3 = 24735.8 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=2514.5H_n^{5/4} = 2514.5:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
1000662.5
750846.9
6001037.5
5001231.3
428.61426.8
3751623.5
333.31820.8

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=600N = 600 rpm (10 poles): Ns=37.5N_s = 37.5. With 4 jets, Ns,jet=37.5/4=18.8N_{s,jet} = 37.5/\sqrt{4} = 18.8, inside the Pelton range.

Check of jet ratio: jet velocity Vj=0.982gHn=99.5V_j = 0.98\sqrt{2gH_n} = 99.5 m/s; bucket speed u=0.46Vju = 0.46V_j; runner diameter D=60u/(πN)=1.46D = 60u/(\pi N) = 1.46 m; jet diameter d=4(Q/z)/(πVj)=0.130d = \sqrt{4(Q/z)/(\pi V_j)} = 0.130 m; D/d=11.2>10D/d = 11.2 > 10, acceptable.

The Pelton also keeps high efficiency at part load and handles sediment well.

Answer: 3 × vertical-axis 4-jet Pelton turbines, 600 rpm, about 24.74 MW each.

c) Generator lead and reason

Generator full-load current: I=28.5×1063×11×103=1496I = \dfrac{28.5 \times 10^6}{\sqrt{3} \times 11 \times 10^3} = 1496 A.

Choose a segregated phase bus duct (SPBD) from the generator terminals to the GCB and the step-up transformer LV side.

  • About 1496 A is too high for a practical number of parallel cables (several runs per phase, poor current sharing, many terminations).
  • An isolated phase bus duct (IPB) is used for very large machines (above about 3000–4000 A, i.e. more than about 60–100 MVA at 11 kV); it is not needed here.
  • SPBD has each phase in its own compartment of an earthed metal enclosure, so a phase-to-phase fault is very unlikely, it is compact, self-cooled and low-maintenance.
  • Rating: 12 kV, 2000 A continuous, short-time withstand ≥ the GCB rating (25 kA for 1 s), aluminium bars, with tap-off for the station transformer, surge capacitors and PTs.

d) Generator–transformer scheme

Choose the unit scheme (one generator connected to its own step-up transformer, with a generator circuit breaker between them).

PointUnit scheme (chosen)Common bus / group scheme
Fault level at 11 kVLow (one machine only)High (all machines in parallel)
Effect of a transformer faultOnly one unit lostWhole plant may trip
Maintenance outageOne unit at a timeCommon transformer outage stops all
11 kV switchgearOnly GCB and short leadsLarge 11 kV bus and breakers
Losses / efficiencyNo 11 kV bus lossesMore 11 kV copper losses
CostMore transformersFewer, larger transformers

Reasons: the units are large (28.5 MVA each, about 1496 A at 11 kV), the transmission voltage is 132 kV, and the unit scheme keeps the 11 kV fault level and generator-voltage switchgear small. The GCB lets the unit be synchronised and tripped at 11 kV while the station transformer, tapped between the GCB and the step-up transformer, stays fed from the grid (back-feed) when the unit is stopped.

d) (contd.) Single line diagram

 Line to grid  (132 kV, 25 km)
    |
  [CB]
    |
 ===+===+===========+===========+=== 132 kV bus
        |           |           |
      [CB]        [CB]        [CB]
        |           |           |
      (T1)        (T2)        (T3)
        |           |           |
 ST1 ---+           +           +--- ST2
        |           |           |
      [GCB]       [GCB]       [GCB]
        |           |           |
      (G1)        (G2)        (G3)
        |           |           |
      [NGT]       [NGT]       [NGT]

 ST1, ST2 (11/0.4 kV)
    |               |
 ===+====[BS]=======+=== 0.4 kV aux bus
              |
            [ACB]
              |
            (DG)  diesel set, black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G328.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 600 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 21%
Step-up transformers T1–T331.5 MVA each, 11/132 kV, YNd11, XX = 9.15%
Station transformer ST1, ST21250 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG750 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line132 kV, single circuit, 25 km to grid substation
NGTneutral grounding transformer with secondary resistor (high-resistance earthing)
132 kV busdouble main bus with bus coupler (drawn as one line)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

d) (contd.) Bus bar system

  • 132 kV switchyard: double main bus bar with a bus coupler. Each bay (transformer or line) can be put on either bus, so one bus can be maintained without shutting down the plant and a bus fault affects only the circuits on that bus. This is the NEA practice at 132 kV and above.
  • 11 kV: no common bus (unit scheme); each generator connects to its transformer through the GCB.

e) Rating of generator circuit breaker

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.21×10028.5=0.7368 pu,xt=0.0915×10031.5=0.2905 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.95×10−3×25=7.461 Ωxl=XL×1001322=7.461174.24=0.0428 pu,xgrid=1002000=0.0500 puxgrid path=0.0500+0.0428=0.0928 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.21 \times \frac{100}{28.5} = 0.7368\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0915 \times \frac{100}{31.5} = 0.2905\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.95\times10^{-3} \times 25 = 7.461\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{132^2} = \frac{7.461}{174.24} = 0.0428\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{2000} = 0.0500\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.0500 + 0.0428 = 0.0928\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

A unit-connected GCB sees the larger of two currents: (a) a fault on the transformer side fed by its own generator, (b) a fault on the generator side fed by the system through the unit transformer (grid plus the other units).

Sa=100xg=1000.7368=135.7 MVAXext=xgrid path∥(xg+xt)/2=0.0928∥0.5137=0.0786 puSb=100xt+Xext=1000.2905+0.0786=270.9 MVA\begin{aligned} S_a &= \frac{100}{x_g} = \frac{100}{0.7368} = 135.7\ \text{MVA} \\ X_{ext} &= x_{grid\ path} \parallel (x_g + x_t)/2 = 0.0928 \parallel 0.5137 = 0.0786\ \text{pu} \\ S_b &= \frac{100}{x_t + X_{ext}} = \frac{100}{0.2905 + 0.0786} = 270.9\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned}

Design fault level for the GCB = larger value = 270.9 MVA.

Isc=270.93×11=14.22 kA,Imake=2.55×14.22=36.26 kA peakIFL=28.53×11=1496 A,1.25IFL=1870 A\begin{aligned} I_{sc} &= \frac{270.9}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 14.22\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 14.22 = 36.26\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{28.5}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 1496\ \text{A}, \quad 1.25 I_{FL} = 1870\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage11 kV system12 kV
Rated normal current≥ 1870 A2000 A
Breaking capacity270.9 MVA (14.22 kA)25 kA (520 MVA at 12 kV)
Making capacity36.26 kA peak63 kA peak
Short-time current–25 kA, 3 s
Type–Vacuum (or SF6), generator-duty tested (IEEE C37.013)

Answer: GCB fault level = 270.9 MVA; select a 12 kV, 2000 A, 25 kA generator circuit breaker. The margin covers the DC component and delayed current zeros of generator faults; surge arresters and surge capacitors are fitted at the generator terminals when a VCB is used.

f) Tentative quotation for the generator transformers

Requirement: 3 generator step-up transformers, one per unit (unit scheme), each above the generator rating of 28.5 MVA, so 31.5 MVA, 11/132 kV units are quoted. The site is in a hilly region, so weight and size must suit hill-road transport.

ItemOffered particulars
Type3-phase, oil-immersed, outdoor, two-winding step-up (GSU)
Rating31.5 MVA ONAN/ONAF (ONAF rating about 25% higher)
Voltage ratio11 kV / 132 kV, off-circuit taps ±2 × 2.5% on HV
Vector groupYNd11, HV neutral solidly earthed
Impedance9.15% (as used in the fault study) ± IEC tolerance
Insulation (HV)BIL 650 kVp, 275 kV power frequency; altitude corrected
Guaranteed lossesNo-load and load losses stated; capitalised in bid evaluation
AccessoriesBuchholz, PRV, OTI/WTI, MOG, breather, bushing CTs for REF/differential, fans, marshalling box
StandardIEC 60076
S.N.DescriptionQtyUnit price (NPR)Amount (NPR)
131.5 MVA, 11/132 kV GSU transformer as above, with oil36,50,00,00019,50,00,000
2Mandatory spares (bushings, gaskets, relays)1 lot–25,00,000
3Transport to site, erection supervision, testing1 lot–60,00,000
Subtotal20,35,00,000
VAT 13%2,64,55,000
Grand total22,99,55,000

Terms: delivery 8–10 months after LC to site; routine tests witnessed, type test reports supplied; warranty 24 months after commissioning; payment by LC; validity 120 days. Prices are indicative for budgeting only; actual prices come from competitive bids.

  • 2075 Bhadra · 2+2+4+4+4 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details.
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January5.2Qmax (Q0)211.00 m³/s
February3.86Q25%18.24 m³/s
March3.58Q45%7.00 m³/s
April4.55Q65%4.70 m³/s
May3.20Q85%3.10 m³/s
June12.77Q95%2.17 m³/s
July32.95Qmin0.64 m³/s
August40.26
September31.23
October15.05
November7.38
December4.85
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
ParameterValue
Gross head280 m
Turbine efficiency91%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency99%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance21%
Transformer reactance9.15%
Transmission line inductance0.92 mH/km
Transmission line length30 km
Transmission voltage level66 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitDouble circuit
Design a power plant so as to obtain the following parameters: a) Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q45% [2] b) Select the numbers of units and installed capacity [2] c) Select and Recommend suitable turbine [4] d) Draw the single line diagram showing generators, power transformers, station transformer and diesel generator for black start [4] e) Calculate the rating of generator circuit breaker to be used in your design [4] (Assume suitable data if necessary and necessary graph is attached herewith) [Chart attached: turbine efficiency (%) against Q/Q0 for Full Kaplan, Pelton, Francis, Crossflow and Fixed propeller]

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 1,000 MVA at the 66 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

a) Electrical power output at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = May (3.2 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×3.2=0.32Q_r = 0.1 \times 3.2 = 0.32 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=7−0.32=6.680 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=280−14.00=266.00 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×6.680×266.00=17.431 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.91×17.431=15.862 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×15.862=15.387 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.99×15.387=15.233 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 7 - 0.32 = 6.680\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 280 - 14.00 = 266.00\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 6.680 \times 266.00 = 17.431\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.91 \times 17.431 = 15.862\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 15.862 = 15.387\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.99 \times 15.387 = 15.233\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 15.387 MW; power delivered to the 66 kV bus = 15.233 MW.

b) Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 2 units. With a run-of-river flow that falls well below the design flow in the dry months, one unit can run near full load on half the design flow, so efficiency stays high in winter.
  • One unit can be maintained while the other runs, and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=6.680/2=3.340Q = 6.680/2 = 3.340 m³/s, generator output =15.387/2=7.693= 15.387/2 = 7.693 MW → rate each unit at 7.7 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=7.7/0.85=9.06S = 7.7/0.85 = 9.06 MVA → 9.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 10 MVA, 11/66 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 9.5 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 7.7 MW = 15.4 MW.

c) Selection and recommendation of turbine

Hn=266.00H_n = 266.00 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=15.862/2=7931.2P = 15.862/2 = 7931.2 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=1074.2H_n^{5/4} = 1074.2:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
1000682.9
750862.2
6001049.7
5001241.5
428.61435.5
3751631.1
333.31827.6

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=500N = 500 rpm (12 poles): Ns=41.5N_s = 41.5. With 4 jets, Ns,jet=41.5/4=20.7N_{s,jet} = 41.5/\sqrt{4} = 20.7, inside the Pelton range.

Check of jet ratio: jet velocity Vj=0.982gHn=70.8V_j = 0.98\sqrt{2gH_n} = 70.8 m/s; bucket speed u=0.46Vju = 0.46V_j; runner diameter D=60u/(πN)=1.24D = 60u/(\pi N) = 1.24 m; jet diameter d=4(Q/z)/(πVj)=0.123d = \sqrt{4(Q/z)/(\pi V_j)} = 0.123 m; D/d=10.2>10D/d = 10.2 > 10, acceptable.

A Francis at 1000 rpm (Ns=82.9N_s = 82.9) is also possible, but the Pelton is preferred because (i) its efficiency stays nearly flat from about 20% to 100% load (jets can be switched off), which suits a run-of-river plant whose flow falls far below the design flow in the dry season, and (ii) it tolerates the heavy sediment of Himalayan rivers better, and worn buckets and needles are easier to repair.

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis 4-jet Pelton turbines, 500 rpm, about 7.93 MW each.

From the efficiency versus Q/Q0Q/Q_0 curves: Pelton and full Kaplan stay above about 85% down to 20–30% flow, while Francis drops sharply below about 40–50% flow and a fixed propeller is the worst. Since this plant runs at part flow for much of the year, the flat Pelton curve supports the choice.

d) Single line diagram

 Line-1          Line-2  (66 kV, 30 km)
    |               |
  [CB]            [CB]
    |               |
 ===+=====+=========+===+=== 66 kV bus
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
        (T1)          (T2)
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
 =========+====[BS]=====+=========+=== 11 kV bus
          |             |         |
        [GCB]         [GCB]     [CB]
          |             |         |
        (G1)          (G2)      (ST)
                                  |
 =================================+===+ 0.4 kV
                                      |
                                    [ACB]
                                      |
                                    (DG) black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G29.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 500 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 21%
Step-up transformers T1–T210 MVA each, 11/66 kV, YNd11, XX = 9.15%
Station transformer ST250 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 4.5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG160 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line66 kV, double circuit, 30 km to grid substation
NGRneutral grounding resistor (low-resistance earthing, one generator earthed at a time if preferred)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

e) Rating of generator circuit breaker

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.21×1009.5=2.2105 pu,xt=0.0915×10010=0.9150 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.92×10−3×30=8.671 Ω per circuit; two in parallel=4.335 Ωxl=XL×100662=4.33543.56=0.0995 pu,xgrid=1001000=0.1000 puxgrid path=0.1000+0.0995=0.1995 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.21 \times \frac{100}{9.5} = 2.2105\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0915 \times \frac{100}{10} = 0.9150\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.92\times10^{-3} \times 30 = 8.671\ \Omega \text{ per circuit; two in parallel} = 4.335\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{66^2} = \frac{4.335}{43.56} = 0.0995\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{1000} = 0.1000\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.1000 + 0.0995 = 0.1995\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

All generators feed the common 11 kV bus, so the GCB is rated for the full 11 kV bus fault level (generators plus the grid through the step-up transformers):

Sgen=2×1002.2105=90.5 MVASgrid=100xt/2+xgrid path=1000.4575+0.1995=152.2 MVAS11kV=90.5+152.2=242.7 MVA\begin{aligned} S_{gen} &= 2 \times \frac{100}{2.2105} = 90.5\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{grid} &= \frac{100}{x_t/2 + x_{grid\ path}} = \frac{100}{0.4575 + 0.1995} = 152.2\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{11kV} &= 90.5 + 152.2 = 242.7\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned} Isc=242.73×11=12.74 kA,Imake=2.55×12.74=32.48 kA peakIFL=9.53×11=499 A,1.25IFL=623 A\begin{aligned} I_{sc} &= \frac{242.7}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 12.74\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 12.74 = 32.48\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{9.5}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 499\ \text{A}, \quad 1.25 I_{FL} = 623\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage11 kV system12 kV
Rated normal current≥ 623 A630 A
Breaking capacity242.7 MVA (12.74 kA)25 kA (520 MVA at 12 kV)
Making capacity32.48 kA peak63 kA peak
Short-time current–25 kA, 3 s
Type–Vacuum (or SF6), generator-duty tested (IEEE C37.013)

Answer: GCB fault level = 242.7 MVA; select a 12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA generator circuit breaker. The margin covers the DC component and delayed current zeros of generator faults; surge arresters and surge capacitors are fitted at the generator terminals when a VCB is used.

  • 2074 Magh · 16 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details.
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January4.62Qmax (Q0)210.00 m³/s
February3.80Q25%18.24 m³/s
March3.55Q45%7.82 m³/s
April4.55Q65%4.7 m³/s
May3.5Q85%3.10 m³/s
June12.70Q95%2.17 m³/s
July32.98Qmin0.64 m³/s
August40.26
September31.23
October15.00
November7.37
December4.80
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
ParameterValue
Gross head230 m
Turbine efficiency90%
Generator efficiency96%
Transformer efficiency99%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance21%
Transformer reactance9.15%
Transmission line inductance0.95 mH/km
Transmission line length55 km
Transmission voltage level33 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitDouble circuit
Design a power plant so as to obtain the following parameters: a) Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q45%. b) Select the numbers of units and installed capacity. c) Select the type of turbine. d) Draw the single line diagram showing number of units, generator, power transformer, station transformer and diesel generator for black start. e) Calculate the rating of the generator circuit breaker (GCB) to be used in your design. (Assume suitable data if necessary and necessary graph is attached herewith) [Charts attached: turbine selection chart of discharge against head with Kaplan, Francis and Pelton envelopes; specific speed against net head chart; Pelton turbine efficiency curves for 1 to 4 injectors]

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 500 MVA at the 33 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

a) Electrical power output at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = May (3.5 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×3.5=0.35Q_r = 0.1 \times 3.5 = 0.35 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=7.82−0.35=7.470 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=230−11.50=218.50 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×7.470×218.50=16.012 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.9×16.012=14.411 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.96×14.411=13.834 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.99×13.834=13.696 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 7.82 - 0.35 = 7.470\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 230 - 11.50 = 218.50\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 7.470 \times 218.50 = 16.012\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.9 \times 16.012 = 14.411\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.96 \times 14.411 = 13.834\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.99 \times 13.834 = 13.696\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 13.834 MW; power delivered to the 33 kV bus = 13.696 MW.

b) Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 2 units. With a run-of-river flow that falls well below the design flow in the dry months, one unit can run near full load on half the design flow, so efficiency stays high in winter.
  • One unit can be maintained while the other runs, and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=7.470/2=3.735Q = 7.470/2 = 3.735 m³/s, generator output =13.834/2=6.917= 13.834/2 = 6.917 MW → rate each unit at 7 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=7/0.85=8.24S = 7/0.85 = 8.24 MVA → 8.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 10 MVA, 11/33 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 8.5 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 7 MW = 14 MW.

c) Type of turbine

Hn=218.50H_n = 218.50 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=14.411/2=7205.3P = 14.411/2 = 7205.3 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=840.1H_n^{5/4} = 840.1:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
10006101.0
750875.8
6001060.6
5001250.5
428.61443.3
3751637.9
333.31833.7

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=375N = 375 rpm (16 poles): Ns=37.9N_s = 37.9. With 4 jets, Ns,jet=37.9/4=18.9N_{s,jet} = 37.9/\sqrt{4} = 18.9, inside the Pelton range.

Check of jet ratio: jet velocity Vj=0.982gHn=64.2V_j = 0.98\sqrt{2gH_n} = 64.2 m/s; bucket speed u=0.46Vju = 0.46V_j; runner diameter D=60u/(πN)=1.50D = 60u/(\pi N) = 1.50 m; jet diameter d=4(Q/z)/(πVj)=0.136d = \sqrt{4(Q/z)/(\pi V_j)} = 0.136 m; D/d=11.0>10D/d = 11.0 > 10, acceptable.

A Francis at 1000 rpm (Ns=101.0N_s = 101.0) is also possible, but the Pelton is preferred because (i) its efficiency stays nearly flat from about 20% to 100% load (jets can be switched off), which suits a run-of-river plant whose flow falls far below the design flow in the dry season, and (ii) it tolerates the heavy sediment of Himalayan rivers better, and worn buckets and needles are easier to repair.

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis 4-jet Pelton turbines, 375 rpm, about 7.21 MW each.

d) Single line diagram

 Line-1          Line-2  (33 kV, 55 km)
    |               |
  [CB]            [CB]
    |               |
 ===+=====+=========+===+=== 33 kV bus
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
        (T1)          (T2)
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
 =========+====[BS]=====+=========+=== 11 kV bus
          |             |         |
        [GCB]         [GCB]     [CB]
          |             |         |
        (G1)          (G2)      (ST)
                                  |
 =================================+===+ 0.4 kV
                                      |
                                    [ACB]
                                      |
                                    (DG) black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G28.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 375 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 21%
Step-up transformers T1–T210 MVA each, 11/33 kV, YNd11, XX = 9.15%
Station transformer ST250 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 4.5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG160 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line33 kV, double circuit, 55 km to grid substation
NGRneutral grounding resistor (low-resistance earthing, one generator earthed at a time if preferred)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

e) Rating of generator circuit breaker (GCB)

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.21×1008.5=2.4706 pu,xt=0.0915×10010=0.9150 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.95×10−3×55=16.415 Ω per circuit; two in parallel=8.207 Ωxl=XL×100332=8.20710.89=0.7537 pu,xgrid=100500=0.2000 puxgrid path=0.2000+0.7537=0.9537 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.21 \times \frac{100}{8.5} = 2.4706\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0915 \times \frac{100}{10} = 0.9150\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.95\times10^{-3} \times 55 = 16.415\ \Omega \text{ per circuit; two in parallel} = 8.207\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{33^2} = \frac{8.207}{10.89} = 0.7537\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{500} = 0.2000\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.2000 + 0.7537 = 0.9537\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

All generators feed the common 11 kV bus, so the GCB is rated for the full 11 kV bus fault level (generators plus the grid through the step-up transformers):

Sgen=2×1002.4706=81.0 MVASgrid=100xt/2+xgrid path=1000.4575+0.9537=70.9 MVAS11kV=81.0+70.9=151.8 MVA\begin{aligned} S_{gen} &= 2 \times \frac{100}{2.4706} = 81.0\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{grid} &= \frac{100}{x_t/2 + x_{grid\ path}} = \frac{100}{0.4575 + 0.9537} = 70.9\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{11kV} &= 81.0 + 70.9 = 151.8\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned} Isc=151.83×11=7.97 kA,Imake=2.55×7.97=20.32 kA peakIFL=8.53×11=446 A,1.25IFL=558 A\begin{aligned} I_{sc} &= \frac{151.8}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 7.97\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 7.97 = 20.32\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{8.5}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 446\ \text{A}, \quad 1.25 I_{FL} = 558\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage11 kV system12 kV
Rated normal current≥ 558 A630 A
Breaking capacity151.8 MVA (7.97 kA)25 kA (520 MVA at 12 kV)
Making capacity20.32 kA peak63 kA peak
Short-time current–25 kA, 3 s
Type–Vacuum (or SF6), generator-duty tested (IEEE C37.013)

Answer: GCB fault level = 151.8 MVA; select a 12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA generator circuit breaker. The margin covers the DC component and delayed current zeros of generator faults; surge arresters and surge capacitors are fitted at the generator terminals when a VCB is used.

  • 2074 Bhadra · 16 marks

A typical hydro power plant has following details.
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January4.92Qmax (Q0)211.00 m³/s
February3.86Q25%18.24 m³/s
March3.58Q45%6.80 m³/s
April4.55Q65%4.70 m³/s
May3.0Q85%3.10 m³/s
June12.77Q95%2.17 m³/s
July32.95Qmin0.64 m³/s
August40.26
September31.23
October15.02
November7.38
December4.85
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
ParameterValue
Gross head250 m
Turbine efficiency91%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency98%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance21%
Transformer reactance9.15%
Transmission line inductance0.95 mH/km
Transmission line length35 km
Transmission voltage level66 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitDouble circuit
Design a power plant so as to obtain the following parameters: a) Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q45%. b) Select the numbers of units and installed capacity. c) Select the type of turbine. d) Draw the single line diagram showing number of units, generator, power transformer, station transformer and diesel generator for black start. e) Suggest the type of bus bar to be used. f) Calculate the rating of the generator circuit breaker to be used in your design.

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 1,000 MVA at the 66 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

a) Electrical power output at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = May (3 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×3=0.3Q_r = 0.1 \times 3 = 0.3 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=6.8−0.3=6.500 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=250−12.50=237.50 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×6.500×237.50=15.144 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.91×15.144=13.781 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×13.781=13.368 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.98×13.368=13.100 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 6.8 - 0.3 = 6.500\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 250 - 12.50 = 237.50\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 6.500 \times 237.50 = 15.144\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.91 \times 15.144 = 13.781\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 13.781 = 13.368\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.98 \times 13.368 = 13.100\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 13.368 MW; power delivered to the 66 kV bus = 13.100 MW.

b) Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 2 units. With a run-of-river flow that falls well below the design flow in the dry months, one unit can run near full load on half the design flow, so efficiency stays high in winter.
  • One unit can be maintained while the other runs, and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=6.500/2=3.250Q = 6.500/2 = 3.250 m³/s, generator output =13.368/2=6.684= 13.368/2 = 6.684 MW → rate each unit at 6.7 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=6.7/0.85=7.88S = 6.7/0.85 = 7.88 MVA → 8 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 8 MVA, 11/66 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 8 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 6.7 MW = 13.4 MW.

c) Type of turbine

Hn=237.50H_n = 237.50 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=13.781/2=6890.6P = 13.781/2 = 6890.6 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=932.4H_n^{5/4} = 932.4:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
1000689.0
750866.8
6001053.4
5001244.5
428.61438.2
3751633.4
333.31829.7

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=428.6N = 428.6 rpm (14 poles): Ns=38.2N_s = 38.2. With 4 jets, Ns,jet=38.2/4=19.1N_{s,jet} = 38.2/\sqrt{4} = 19.1, inside the Pelton range.

Check of jet ratio: jet velocity Vj=0.982gHn=66.9V_j = 0.98\sqrt{2gH_n} = 66.9 m/s; bucket speed u=0.46Vju = 0.46V_j; runner diameter D=60u/(πN)=1.37D = 60u/(\pi N) = 1.37 m; jet diameter d=4(Q/z)/(πVj)=0.124d = \sqrt{4(Q/z)/(\pi V_j)} = 0.124 m; D/d=11.0>10D/d = 11.0 > 10, acceptable.

A Francis at 1000 rpm (Ns=89.0N_s = 89.0) is also possible, but the Pelton is preferred because (i) its efficiency stays nearly flat from about 20% to 100% load (jets can be switched off), which suits a run-of-river plant whose flow falls far below the design flow in the dry season, and (ii) it tolerates the heavy sediment of Himalayan rivers better, and worn buckets and needles are easier to repair.

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis 4-jet Pelton turbines, 428.6 rpm, about 6.89 MW each.

d) Single line diagram

 Line-1          Line-2  (66 kV, 35 km)
    |               |
  [CB]            [CB]
    |               |
 ===+=====+=========+===+=== 66 kV bus
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
        (T1)          (T2)
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
 =========+====[BS]=====+=========+=== 11 kV bus
          |             |         |
        [GCB]         [GCB]     [CB]
          |             |         |
        (G1)          (G2)      (ST)
                                  |
 =================================+===+ 0.4 kV
                                      |
                                    [ACB]
                                      |
                                    (DG) black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G28 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 428.6 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 21%
Step-up transformers T1–T28 MVA each, 11/66 kV, YNd11, XX = 9.15%
Station transformer ST250 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 4.5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG160 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line66 kV, double circuit, 35 km to grid substation
NGRneutral grounding resistor (low-resistance earthing, one generator earthed at a time if preferred)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

e) Type of bus bar

  • 11 kV: single bus bar with a bus-section breaker, units split between the two sections, so a bus fault or maintenance takes out only part of the plant.
  • 66 kV: single bus bar, sectionalised, with transformer bays and two line bays (double circuit).

Reason: for a 13.4 MW plant a sectionalised single bus gives reasonable reliability at low cost; a double bus or main-and-transfer bus would cost much more and is normally used only for larger plants or grid substations.

f) Rating of generator circuit breaker (GCB)

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.21×1008=2.6250 pu,xt=0.0915×1008=1.1438 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.95×10−3×35=10.446 Ω per circuit; two in parallel=5.223 Ωxl=XL×100662=5.22343.56=0.1199 pu,xgrid=1001000=0.1000 puxgrid path=0.1000+0.1199=0.2199 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.21 \times \frac{100}{8} = 2.6250\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0915 \times \frac{100}{8} = 1.1438\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.95\times10^{-3} \times 35 = 10.446\ \Omega \text{ per circuit; two in parallel} = 5.223\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{66^2} = \frac{5.223}{43.56} = 0.1199\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{1000} = 0.1000\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.1000 + 0.1199 = 0.2199\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

All generators feed the common 11 kV bus, so the GCB is rated for the full 11 kV bus fault level (generators plus the grid through the step-up transformers):

Sgen=2×1002.6250=76.2 MVASgrid=100xt/2+xgrid path=1000.5719+0.2199=126.3 MVAS11kV=76.2+126.3=202.5 MVA\begin{aligned} S_{gen} &= 2 \times \frac{100}{2.6250} = 76.2\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{grid} &= \frac{100}{x_t/2 + x_{grid\ path}} = \frac{100}{0.5719 + 0.2199} = 126.3\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{11kV} &= 76.2 + 126.3 = 202.5\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned} Isc=202.53×11=10.63 kA,Imake=2.55×10.63=27.10 kA peakIFL=83×11=420 A,1.25IFL=525 A\begin{aligned} I_{sc} &= \frac{202.5}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 10.63\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 10.63 = 27.10\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{8}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 420\ \text{A}, \quad 1.25 I_{FL} = 525\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage11 kV system12 kV
Rated normal current≥ 525 A630 A
Breaking capacity202.5 MVA (10.63 kA)25 kA (520 MVA at 12 kV)
Making capacity27.10 kA peak63 kA peak
Short-time current–25 kA, 3 s
Type–Vacuum (or SF6), generator-duty tested (IEEE C37.013)

Answer: GCB fault level = 202.5 MVA; select a 12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA generator circuit breaker. The margin covers the DC component and delayed current zeros of generator faults; surge arresters and surge capacitors are fitted at the generator terminals when a VCB is used.

  • 2073 Magh · 16 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details.
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January4.9Qmax (Q0)211.00 m³/s
February3.86Q25%18.24 m³/s
March3.58Q45%7.20 m³/s
April4.55Q65%4.70 m³/s
May3.00Q85%3.10 m³/s
June12.77Q95%2.17 m³/s
July32.95Qmin0.64 m³/s
August40.26
September31.23
October15.05
November7.38
December4.85
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
ParameterValue
Gross head245 m
Turbine efficiency91%
Generator efficiency98%
Transformer efficiency98%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance21%
Transformer reactance9.15%
Transmission line inductance0.9 mH/km
Transmission line length50 km
Transmission voltage level66 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitDouble circuit
Design a power plant so as to obtain the following parameters: a) Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q45% b) Select the numbers of units and installed capacity c) Select the type of turbine d) Draw the single line diagram showing generators, power transformers, station transformer and a stand by generator for black start e) Calculate the rating of generator circuit breaker to be used in your design. (Assume suitable data if necessary and necessary graph is attached herewith)

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 1,000 MVA at the 66 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

a) Electrical power output at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = May (3 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×3=0.3Q_r = 0.1 \times 3 = 0.3 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=7.2−0.3=6.900 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=245−12.25=232.75 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×6.900×232.75=15.755 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.91×15.755=14.337 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.98×14.337=14.050 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.98×14.050=13.769 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 7.2 - 0.3 = 6.900\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 245 - 12.25 = 232.75\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 6.900 \times 232.75 = 15.755\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.91 \times 15.755 = 14.337\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.98 \times 14.337 = 14.050\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.98 \times 14.050 = 13.769\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 14.050 MW; power delivered to the 66 kV bus = 13.769 MW.

b) Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 2 units. With a run-of-river flow that falls well below the design flow in the dry months, one unit can run near full load on half the design flow, so efficiency stays high in winter.
  • One unit can be maintained while the other runs, and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=6.900/2=3.450Q = 6.900/2 = 3.450 m³/s, generator output =14.050/2=7.025= 14.050/2 = 7.025 MW → rate each unit at 7.1 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=7.1/0.85=8.35S = 7.1/0.85 = 8.35 MVA → 8.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 10 MVA, 11/66 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 8.5 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 7.1 MW = 14.2 MW.

c) Type of turbine

Hn=232.75H_n = 232.75 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=14.337/2=7168.3P = 14.337/2 = 7168.3 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=909.1H_n^{5/4} = 909.1:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
1000693.1
750869.8
6001055.9
5001246.6
428.61439.9
3751634.9
333.31831.0

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=428.6N = 428.6 rpm (14 poles): Ns=39.9N_s = 39.9. With 4 jets, Ns,jet=39.9/4=20.0N_{s,jet} = 39.9/\sqrt{4} = 20.0, inside the Pelton range.

Check of jet ratio: jet velocity Vj=0.982gHn=66.2V_j = 0.98\sqrt{2gH_n} = 66.2 m/s; bucket speed u=0.46Vju = 0.46V_j; runner diameter D=60u/(πN)=1.36D = 60u/(\pi N) = 1.36 m; jet diameter d=4(Q/z)/(πVj)=0.129d = \sqrt{4(Q/z)/(\pi V_j)} = 0.129 m; D/d=10.5>10D/d = 10.5 > 10, acceptable.

A Francis at 1000 rpm (Ns=93.1N_s = 93.1) is also possible, but the Pelton is preferred because (i) its efficiency stays nearly flat from about 20% to 100% load (jets can be switched off), which suits a run-of-river plant whose flow falls far below the design flow in the dry season, and (ii) it tolerates the heavy sediment of Himalayan rivers better, and worn buckets and needles are easier to repair.

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis 4-jet Pelton turbines, 428.6 rpm, about 7.17 MW each.

d) Single line diagram (standby diesel generator for black start)

 Line-1          Line-2  (66 kV, 50 km)
    |               |
  [CB]            [CB]
    |               |
 ===+=====+=========+===+=== 66 kV bus
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
        (T1)          (T2)
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
 =========+====[BS]=====+=========+=== 11 kV bus
          |             |         |
        [GCB]         [GCB]     [CB]
          |             |         |
        (G1)          (G2)      (ST)
                                  |
 =================================+===+ 0.4 kV
                                      |
                                    [ACB]
                                      |
                                    (DG) black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G28.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 428.6 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 21%
Step-up transformers T1–T210 MVA each, 11/66 kV, YNd11, XX = 9.15%
Station transformer ST250 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 4.5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG160 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line66 kV, double circuit, 50 km to grid substation
NGRneutral grounding resistor (low-resistance earthing, one generator earthed at a time if preferred)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

e) Rating of generator circuit breaker

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.21×1008.5=2.4706 pu,xt=0.0915×10010=0.9150 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.9×10−3×50=14.137 Ω per circuit; two in parallel=7.069 Ωxl=XL×100662=7.06943.56=0.1623 pu,xgrid=1001000=0.1000 puxgrid path=0.1000+0.1623=0.2623 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.21 \times \frac{100}{8.5} = 2.4706\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0915 \times \frac{100}{10} = 0.9150\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.9\times10^{-3} \times 50 = 14.137\ \Omega \text{ per circuit; two in parallel} = 7.069\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{66^2} = \frac{7.069}{43.56} = 0.1623\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{1000} = 0.1000\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.1000 + 0.1623 = 0.2623\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

All generators feed the common 11 kV bus, so the GCB is rated for the full 11 kV bus fault level (generators plus the grid through the step-up transformers):

Sgen=2×1002.4706=81.0 MVASgrid=100xt/2+xgrid path=1000.4575+0.2623=138.9 MVAS11kV=81.0+138.9=219.9 MVA\begin{aligned} S_{gen} &= 2 \times \frac{100}{2.4706} = 81.0\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{grid} &= \frac{100}{x_t/2 + x_{grid\ path}} = \frac{100}{0.4575 + 0.2623} = 138.9\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{11kV} &= 81.0 + 138.9 = 219.9\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned} Isc=219.93×11=11.54 kA,Imake=2.55×11.54=29.43 kA peakIFL=8.53×11=446 A,1.25IFL=558 A\begin{aligned} I_{sc} &= \frac{219.9}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 11.54\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 11.54 = 29.43\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{8.5}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 446\ \text{A}, \quad 1.25 I_{FL} = 558\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage11 kV system12 kV
Rated normal current≥ 558 A630 A
Breaking capacity219.9 MVA (11.54 kA)25 kA (520 MVA at 12 kV)
Making capacity29.43 kA peak63 kA peak
Short-time current–25 kA, 3 s
Type–Vacuum (or SF6), generator-duty tested (IEEE C37.013)

Answer: GCB fault level = 219.9 MVA; select a 12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA generator circuit breaker. The margin covers the DC component and delayed current zeros of generator faults; surge arresters and surge capacitors are fitted at the generator terminals when a VCB is used.

  • 2073 Bhadra · 16 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details.
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
Jan6.13Qmax (Q0)449.46 m³/s
Feb5.10Q25%32.60 m³/s
Mar4.72Q45%11.17 m³/s
Apr6.12Q65%6.23 m³/s
May4.35Q85%4.14 m³/s
Jun21.68Q95%2.92 m³/s
July62.04Qmin0.93 m³/s
Aug73.37
Sep56.55
Oct26.13
Nov12.65
Dec8.24
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
ParameterValue
Gross head120 m
Turbine efficiency90%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency98%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance20%
Transformer reactance15%
Transmission line inductance0.95 mH/km
Transmission line length35 km
Transmission voltage level66 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitSingle circuit
Design a power plant so as to obtain the following parameters: a. Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q45% b. Select the numbers of units and installed capacity with suitable reasons c. Draw the single line diagram showing numbers of units, generators, power transformer, station transformer and diesel generator for black start d. Select the type of turbine e. Select the type of busbar with suitable reasons f. Calculate the MVA level of LV bus, MV bus and HV bus g. Calculate the rating of CB to be used in your design. (Assume suitable data if required and the necessary graph is attached herewith)

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 1,000 MVA at the 66 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

a. Electrical power output at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = May (4.35 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×4.35=0.435Q_r = 0.1 \times 4.35 = 0.435 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=11.17−0.435=10.735 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=120−6.00=114.00 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×10.735×114.00=12.005 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.9×12.005=10.805 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×10.805=10.481 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.98×10.481=10.271 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 11.17 - 0.435 = 10.735\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 120 - 6.00 = 114.00\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 10.735 \times 114.00 = 12.005\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.9 \times 12.005 = 10.805\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 10.805 = 10.481\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.98 \times 10.481 = 10.271\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 10.481 MW; power delivered to the 66 kV bus = 10.271 MW.

b. Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 2 units. With a run-of-river flow that falls well below the design flow in the dry months, one unit can run near full load on half the design flow, so efficiency stays high in winter.
  • One unit can be maintained while the other runs, and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=10.735/2=5.367Q = 10.735/2 = 5.367 m³/s, generator output =10.481/2=5.240= 10.481/2 = 5.240 MW → rate each unit at 5.3 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=5.3/0.85=6.24S = 5.3/0.85 = 6.24 MVA → 6.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 8 MVA, 11/66 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 6.5 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 5.3 MW = 10.6 MW.

c. Single line diagram

 Line to grid  (66 kV, 35 km)
    |
  [CB]
    |
 ===+=====+=============+=== 66 kV bus
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
        (T1)          (T2)
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
 =========+====[BS]=====+=========+=== 11 kV bus
          |             |         |
        [GCB]         [GCB]     [CB]
          |             |         |
        (G1)          (G2)      (ST)
                                  |
 =================================+===+ 0.4 kV
                                      |
                                    [ACB]
                                      |
                                    (DG) black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G26.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 750 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 20%
Step-up transformers T1–T28 MVA each, 11/66 kV, YNd11, XX = 15%
Station transformer ST160 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 4.5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG100 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line66 kV, single circuit, 35 km to grid substation
NGRneutral grounding resistor (low-resistance earthing, one generator earthed at a time if preferred)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

d. Type of turbine

Hn=114.00H_n = 114.00 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=10.805/2=5402.4P = 10.805/2 = 5402.4 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=372.5H_n^{5/4} = 372.5:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
10006197.3
7508148.0
60010118.4
5001298.7
428.61484.6
3751674.0
333.31865.8

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=750N = 750 rpm (8 poles): Ns=148.0N_s = 148.0, which is in the medium Francis range. A Pelton would need many jets (single-jet NsN_s far above 30), and Kaplan is ruled out because the head is above 40 m.

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis Francis turbines, 750 rpm, about 5.40 MW each.

e. Type of bus bar

  • 11 kV: single bus bar with a bus-section breaker, units split between the two sections, so a bus fault or maintenance takes out only part of the plant.
  • 66 kV: single bus bar, sectionalised, with transformer bays and one line bay.

Reason: for a 10.6 MW plant a sectionalised single bus gives reasonable reliability at low cost; a double bus or main-and-transfer bus would cost much more and is normally used only for larger plants or grid substations.

f. MVA level of LV, MV and HV buses

LV = 0.4 kV auxiliary bus, MV = 11 kV generator bus, HV = 66 kV switchyard bus. Station transformer 160 kVA, 4.5%.

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.2×1006.5=3.0769 pu,xt=0.15×1008=1.8750 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.95×10−3×35=10.446 Ωxl=XL×100662=10.44643.56=0.2398 pu,xgrid=1001000=0.1000 puxgrid path=0.1000+0.2398=0.3398 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.2 \times \frac{100}{6.5} = 3.0769\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.15 \times \frac{100}{8} = 1.8750\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.95\times10^{-3} \times 35 = 10.446\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{66^2} = \frac{10.446}{43.56} = 0.2398\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{1000} = 0.1000\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.1000 + 0.2398 = 0.3398\ \text{pu} \end{aligned} xst=0.045×1000.16=28.125 puSMV=2×100xg+100xt/2+xgrid path=65.0+78.3=143.3 MVASHV=100xg/2+xt/2+100xgrid path=40.4+294.3=334.7 MVAXMV=100143.3=0.6979 pu,SLV=1000.6979+28.125=3.47 MVA\begin{aligned} x_{st} &= 0.045 \times \frac{100}{0.16} = 28.125\ \text{pu} \\ S_{MV} &= 2 \times \frac{100}{x_g} + \frac{100}{x_t/2 + x_{grid\ path}} = 65.0 + 78.3 = 143.3\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{HV} &= \frac{100}{x_g/2 + x_t/2} + \frac{100}{x_{grid\ path}} = 40.4 + 294.3 = 334.7\ \text{MVA} \\ X_{MV} &= \frac{100}{143.3} = 0.6979\ \text{pu}, \quad S_{LV} = \frac{100}{0.6979 + 28.125} = 3.47\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned}
BusFault MVAIscI_{sc} (kA)
LV (0.4 kV)3.475.01
MV (11 kV)143.37.52
HV (66 kV)334.72.93

Answer: LV ≈ 3.47 MVA, MV ≈ 143.3 MVA, HV ≈ 334.7 MVA.

g. Rating of circuit breakers

Breaking current from the bus fault levels above; making current = 2.55 × IscI_{sc} (IEC 62271-100); rated current ≥ 1.25 × full-load current.

BreakerFull-load currentRequired breakingSelected
GCB / 11 kV CBs341 A per generator143.3 MVA, 7.52 kA (make 19.2 kA)12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA VCB
HV CB (66 kV)140 A total334.7 MVA, 2.93 kA (make 7.5 kA)72.5 kV, 630 A, 25 kA SF6
LV ACB (0.4 kV)231 A (station tr.)3.47 MVA, 5.01 kA (make 7.5 kA*)415 V, 400 A, 25 kA ACB

*At 0.4 kV the making current uses the IEC 60947-2 factor n = 1.5 for this fault current.

Answer: 11 kV GCB: 12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA; 66 kV CB: 72.5 kV, 630 A, 25 kA; 0.4 kV ACB: 400 A, 25 kA.

  • 2072 Magh · 32 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details.
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January4.62Qmax (Q0)210.00 m³/s
February3.80Q25%18.24 m³/s
March3.55Q45%7.82 m³/s
April4.55Q65%4.7 m³/s
May3.5Q85%3.10 m³/s
June12.70Q95%2.17 m³/s
July32.98Qmin0.64 m³/s
August40.26
September31.23
October15.00
November7.37
December4.80
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
ParameterValue
Gross head250 m
Turbine efficiency90%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency98%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance21%
Transformer reactance9.15%
Transmission line inductance0.95 mH/km
Transmission line length55 km
Transmission voltage level33 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitDouble circuit
Design a power plant so as to obtain the following parameters: a) Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q25%. b) Select the numbers of units and installed capacity. c) Select the type of turbine. d) Draw the single line diagram showing number of units, generator, power transformer, station transformer and diesel generator for black start. e) Suggest the type of bus bar to be used f) Calculate the rating of the generator circuit breaker (GCB) to be used in your design (Assume suitable data if necessary and necessary graph is attached herewith)

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 500 MVA at the 33 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

a) Electrical power output at Q25%Q_{25\%}

Driest month = May (3.5 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×3.5=0.35Q_r = 0.1 \times 3.5 = 0.35 m³/s.

Qd=Q25%−Qr=18.24−0.35=17.890 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=250−12.50=237.50 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×17.890×237.50=41.681 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.9×41.681=37.513 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×37.513=36.388 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.98×36.388=35.660 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{25\%} - Q_r = 18.24 - 0.35 = 17.890\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 250 - 12.50 = 237.50\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 17.890 \times 237.50 = 41.681\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.9 \times 41.681 = 37.513\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 37.513 = 36.388\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.98 \times 36.388 = 35.660\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 36.388 MW; power delivered to the 33 kV bus = 35.660 MW.

b) Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 3 units. A plant of this size would need very large single machines with only two units, which are hard to transport on Nepal's hill roads; three units also let the plant follow the large seasonal change in flow (one or two units in the dry months, all three in the wet months).
  • Loss of one unit (forced outage or maintenance) removes only one third of the output.
  • Per unit: Q=17.890/3=5.963Q = 17.890/3 = 5.963 m³/s, generator output =36.388/3=12.129= 36.388/3 = 12.129 MW → rate each unit at 12.2 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=12.2/0.85=14.35S = 12.2/0.85 = 14.35 MVA → 14.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 16 MVA, 11/33 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 14.5 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 3 × 12.2 MW = 36.6 MW.

c) Type of turbine

Hn=237.50H_n = 237.50 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=37.513/3=12504.4P = 37.513/3 = 12504.4 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=932.4H_n^{5/4} = 932.4:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
10006119.9
750890.0
6001072.0
5001260.0
428.61451.4
3751645.0
333.31840.0

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=333.3N = 333.3 rpm (18 poles): Ns=40.0N_s = 40.0. With 4 jets, Ns,jet=40.0/4=20.0N_{s,jet} = 40.0/\sqrt{4} = 20.0, inside the Pelton range.

Check of jet ratio: jet velocity Vj=0.982gHn=66.9V_j = 0.98\sqrt{2gH_n} = 66.9 m/s; bucket speed u=0.46Vju = 0.46V_j; runner diameter D=60u/(πN)=1.76D = 60u/(\pi N) = 1.76 m; jet diameter d=4(Q/z)/(πVj)=0.168d = \sqrt{4(Q/z)/(\pi V_j)} = 0.168 m; D/d=10.5>10D/d = 10.5 > 10, acceptable.

A Francis at 750 rpm (Ns=90.0N_s = 90.0) is also possible, but the Pelton is preferred because (i) its efficiency stays nearly flat from about 20% to 100% load (jets can be switched off), which suits a run-of-river plant whose flow falls far below the design flow in the dry season, and (ii) it tolerates the heavy sediment of Himalayan rivers better, and worn buckets and needles are easier to repair.

Answer: 3 × vertical-axis 4-jet Pelton turbines, 333.3 rpm, about 12.50 MW each.

d) Single line diagram

 Line-1          Line-2  (33 kV, 55 km)
    |               |
  [CB]            [CB]
    |               |
 ===+===+===========+===========+=== 33 kV bus
        |           |           |
      [CB]        [CB]        [CB]
        |           |           |
      (T1)        (T2)        (T3)
        |           |           |
      [CB]        [CB]        [CB]
        |           |           |
 =======+===[BS]====+===========+=========+=== 11 kV bus
        |           |           |         |
      [GCB]       [GCB]       [GCB]     [CB]
        |           |           |         |
      (G1)        (G2)        (G3)      (ST)
                                          |
 =========================================+===+ 0.4 kV
                                              |
                                            [ACB]
                                              |
                                            (DG) black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G314.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 333.3 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 21%
Step-up transformers T1–T316 MVA each, 11/33 kV, YNd11, XX = 9.15%
Station transformer ST630 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 4.5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG400 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line33 kV, double circuit, 55 km to grid substation
NGRneutral grounding resistor (low-resistance earthing, one generator earthed at a time if preferred)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

e) Type of bus bar

  • 11 kV: single bus bar with a bus-section breaker, units split between the two sections, so a bus fault or maintenance takes out only part of the plant.
  • 33 kV: single bus bar, sectionalised, with transformer bays and two line bays (double circuit).

Reason: for a 36.6 MW plant a sectionalised single bus gives reasonable reliability at low cost; a double bus or main-and-transfer bus would cost much more and is normally used only for larger plants or grid substations.

f) Rating of generator circuit breaker (GCB)

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.21×10014.5=1.4483 pu,xt=0.0915×10016=0.5719 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.95×10−3×55=16.415 Ω per circuit; two in parallel=8.207 Ωxl=XL×100332=8.20710.89=0.7537 pu,xgrid=100500=0.2000 puxgrid path=0.2000+0.7537=0.9537 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.21 \times \frac{100}{14.5} = 1.4483\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0915 \times \frac{100}{16} = 0.5719\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.95\times10^{-3} \times 55 = 16.415\ \Omega \text{ per circuit; two in parallel} = 8.207\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{33^2} = \frac{8.207}{10.89} = 0.7537\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{500} = 0.2000\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.2000 + 0.7537 = 0.9537\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

All generators feed the common 11 kV bus, so the GCB is rated for the full 11 kV bus fault level (generators plus the grid through the step-up transformers):

Sgen=3×1001.4483=207.1 MVASgrid=100xt/3+xgrid path=1000.1906+0.9537=87.4 MVAS11kV=207.1+87.4=294.5 MVA\begin{aligned} S_{gen} &= 3 \times \frac{100}{1.4483} = 207.1\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{grid} &= \frac{100}{x_t/3 + x_{grid\ path}} = \frac{100}{0.1906 + 0.9537} = 87.4\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{11kV} &= 207.1 + 87.4 = 294.5\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned} Isc=294.53×11=15.46 kA,Imake=2.55×15.46=39.42 kA peakIFL=14.53×11=761 A,1.25IFL=951 A\begin{aligned} I_{sc} &= \frac{294.5}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 15.46\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 15.46 = 39.42\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{14.5}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 761\ \text{A}, \quad 1.25 I_{FL} = 951\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage11 kV system12 kV
Rated normal current≥ 951 A1250 A
Breaking capacity294.5 MVA (15.46 kA)25 kA (520 MVA at 12 kV)
Making capacity39.42 kA peak63 kA peak
Short-time current–25 kA, 3 s
Type–Vacuum (or SF6), generator-duty tested (IEEE C37.013)

Answer: GCB fault level = 294.5 MVA; select a 12 kV, 1250 A, 25 kA generator circuit breaker. The margin covers the DC component and delayed current zeros of generator faults; surge arresters and surge capacitors are fitted at the generator terminals when a VCB is used.

  • 2072 Asoj · 32 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details.
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
Jan6.13Qmax (Q0)449.46 m³/s
Feb5.10Q25%32.60 m³/s
Mar4.72Q45%11.17 m³/s
Apr6.12Q65%6.23 m³/s
May4.35Q85%4.14 m³/s
Jun21.68Q95%2.92 m³/s
July62.04Qmin0.93 m³/s
Aug73.37
Sep56.55
Oct26.13
Nov12.65
Dec8.24
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
ParameterValue
Gross head150 m
Turbine efficiency90%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency98%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance15%
Transformer reactance12%
Transmission line inductance0.97 mH/km
Transmission line length35 km
Transmission voltage level66 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitSingle circuit
Design a power plant so as to obtain the following parameters: a. Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q45% b. Select the numbers of units and installed capacity with suitable reasons c. Draw the single line diagram showing numbers of units, generators, power transformer, station transformer and diesel generator for black start d. Select the type of turbine e. Select the type of busbar with suitable reasons f. Calculate the MVA level of LV bus, MV bus and HV bus g. Calculate the rating of CB to be used in your design. (Assume suitable data if required and the necessary graph is attached herewith)

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 1,000 MVA at the 66 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

a. Electrical power output at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = May (4.35 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×4.35=0.435Q_r = 0.1 \times 4.35 = 0.435 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=11.17−0.435=10.735 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=150−7.50=142.50 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×10.735×142.50=15.007 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.9×15.007=13.506 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×13.506=13.101 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.98×13.101=12.839 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 11.17 - 0.435 = 10.735\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 150 - 7.50 = 142.50\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 10.735 \times 142.50 = 15.007\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.9 \times 15.007 = 13.506\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 13.506 = 13.101\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.98 \times 13.101 = 12.839\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 13.101 MW; power delivered to the 66 kV bus = 12.839 MW.

b. Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 2 units. With a run-of-river flow that falls well below the design flow in the dry months, one unit can run near full load on half the design flow, so efficiency stays high in winter.
  • One unit can be maintained while the other runs, and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=10.735/2=5.367Q = 10.735/2 = 5.367 m³/s, generator output =13.101/2=6.550= 13.101/2 = 6.550 MW → rate each unit at 6.6 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=6.6/0.85=7.76S = 6.6/0.85 = 7.76 MVA → 8 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 8 MVA, 11/66 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 8 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 6.6 MW = 13.2 MW.

c. Single line diagram

 Line to grid  (66 kV, 35 km)
    |
  [CB]
    |
 ===+=====+=============+=== 66 kV bus
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
        (T1)          (T2)
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
 =========+====[BS]=====+=========+=== 11 kV bus
          |             |         |
        [GCB]         [GCB]     [CB]
          |             |         |
        (G1)          (G2)      (ST)
                                  |
 =================================+===+ 0.4 kV
                                      |
                                    [ACB]
                                      |
                                    (DG) black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G28 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 750 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 15%
Step-up transformers T1–T28 MVA each, 11/66 kV, YNd11, XX = 12%
Station transformer ST200 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 4.5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG125 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line66 kV, single circuit, 35 km to grid substation
NGRneutral grounding resistor (low-resistance earthing, one generator earthed at a time if preferred)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

d. Type of turbine

Hn=142.50H_n = 142.50 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=13.506/2=6753.0P = 13.506/2 = 6753.0 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=492.3H_n^{5/4} = 492.3:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
10006166.9
7508125.2
60010100.1
5001283.5
428.61471.5
3751662.6
333.31855.6

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=750N = 750 rpm (8 poles): Ns=125.2N_s = 125.2, which is in the medium Francis range. A Pelton would need many jets (single-jet NsN_s far above 30), and Kaplan is ruled out because the head is above 40 m.

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis Francis turbines, 750 rpm, about 6.75 MW each.

e. Type of bus bar

  • 11 kV: single bus bar with a bus-section breaker, units split between the two sections, so a bus fault or maintenance takes out only part of the plant.
  • 66 kV: single bus bar, sectionalised, with transformer bays and one line bay.

Reason: for a 13.2 MW plant a sectionalised single bus gives reasonable reliability at low cost; a double bus or main-and-transfer bus would cost much more and is normally used only for larger plants or grid substations.

f. MVA level of LV, MV and HV buses

LV = 0.4 kV auxiliary bus, MV = 11 kV generator bus, HV = 66 kV switchyard bus. Station transformer 200 kVA, 4.5%.

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.15×1008=1.8750 pu,xt=0.12×1008=1.5000 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.97×10−3×35=10.666 Ωxl=XL×100662=10.66643.56=0.2449 pu,xgrid=1001000=0.1000 puxgrid path=0.1000+0.2449=0.3449 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.15 \times \frac{100}{8} = 1.8750\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.12 \times \frac{100}{8} = 1.5000\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.97\times10^{-3} \times 35 = 10.666\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{66^2} = \frac{10.666}{43.56} = 0.2449\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{1000} = 0.1000\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.1000 + 0.2449 = 0.3449\ \text{pu} \end{aligned} xst=0.045×1000.2=22.500 puSMV=2×100xg+100xt/2+xgrid path=106.7+91.3=198.0 MVASHV=100xg/2+xt/2+100xgrid path=59.3+290.0=349.2 MVAXMV=100198.0=0.5050 pu,SLV=1000.5050+22.500=4.35 MVA\begin{aligned} x_{st} &= 0.045 \times \frac{100}{0.2} = 22.500\ \text{pu} \\ S_{MV} &= 2 \times \frac{100}{x_g} + \frac{100}{x_t/2 + x_{grid\ path}} = 106.7 + 91.3 = 198.0\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{HV} &= \frac{100}{x_g/2 + x_t/2} + \frac{100}{x_{grid\ path}} = 59.3 + 290.0 = 349.2\ \text{MVA} \\ X_{MV} &= \frac{100}{198.0} = 0.5050\ \text{pu}, \quad S_{LV} = \frac{100}{0.5050 + 22.500} = 4.35\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned}
BusFault MVAIscI_{sc} (kA)
LV (0.4 kV)4.356.27
MV (11 kV)198.010.39
HV (66 kV)349.23.06

Answer: LV ≈ 4.35 MVA, MV ≈ 198.0 MVA, HV ≈ 349.2 MVA.

g. Rating of circuit breakers

Breaking current from the bus fault levels above; making current = 2.55 × IscI_{sc} (IEC 62271-100); rated current ≥ 1.25 × full-load current.

BreakerFull-load currentRequired breakingSelected
GCB / 11 kV CBs420 A per generator198.0 MVA, 10.39 kA (make 26.5 kA)12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA VCB
HV CB (66 kV)140 A total349.2 MVA, 3.06 kA (make 7.8 kA)72.5 kV, 630 A, 25 kA SF6
LV ACB (0.4 kV)289 A (station tr.)4.35 MVA, 6.27 kA (make 10.7 kA*)415 V, 400 A, 25 kA ACB

*At 0.4 kV the making current uses the IEC 60947-2 factor n = 1.7 for this fault current.

Answer: 11 kV GCB: 12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA; 66 kV CB: 72.5 kV, 630 A, 25 kA; 0.4 kV ACB: 400 A, 25 kA.

  • 2071 Magh · 16 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January4.9Qmax (Q0)211.00 m³/s
February3.86Q25%18.24 m³/s
March3.58Q45%6.80 m³/s
April4.55Q65%4.70 m³/s
May3.00Q85%3.10 m³/s
June12.77Q95%2.17 m³/s
July32.95Qmin0.64 m³/s
August40.26
September31.23
October15.05
November7.38
December4.85
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
ParameterValue
Gross head250 m
Turbine efficiency91%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency98%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance21%
Transformer reactance9.15%
Transmission line inductance0.92 mH/km
Transmission line length35 km
Transmission voltage level66 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitDouble circuit
Design a power plant so as to obtain the following parameters: a) Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q45% b) Select the numbers of units and installed capacity c) Select the type of turbine d) Draw the single line diagram showing generators, power transformers, station transformer and diesel generator for black start e) Calculate the rating of generator circuit breaker to be used in your design f) Suggest the type of bus bar to be used (Assume suitable data if necessary and necessary graph is attached herewith)

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 1,000 MVA at the 66 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

a) Electrical power output at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = May (3 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×3=0.3Q_r = 0.1 \times 3 = 0.3 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=6.8−0.3=6.500 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=250−12.50=237.50 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×6.500×237.50=15.144 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.91×15.144=13.781 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×13.781=13.368 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.98×13.368=13.100 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 6.8 - 0.3 = 6.500\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 250 - 12.50 = 237.50\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 6.500 \times 237.50 = 15.144\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.91 \times 15.144 = 13.781\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 13.781 = 13.368\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.98 \times 13.368 = 13.100\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 13.368 MW; power delivered to the 66 kV bus = 13.100 MW.

b) Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 2 units. With a run-of-river flow that falls well below the design flow in the dry months, one unit can run near full load on half the design flow, so efficiency stays high in winter.
  • One unit can be maintained while the other runs, and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=6.500/2=3.250Q = 6.500/2 = 3.250 m³/s, generator output =13.368/2=6.684= 13.368/2 = 6.684 MW → rate each unit at 6.7 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=6.7/0.85=7.88S = 6.7/0.85 = 7.88 MVA → 8 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 8 MVA, 11/66 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 8 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 6.7 MW = 13.4 MW.

c) Type of turbine

Hn=237.50H_n = 237.50 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=13.781/2=6890.6P = 13.781/2 = 6890.6 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=932.4H_n^{5/4} = 932.4:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
1000689.0
750866.8
6001053.4
5001244.5
428.61438.2
3751633.4
333.31829.7

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=428.6N = 428.6 rpm (14 poles): Ns=38.2N_s = 38.2. With 4 jets, Ns,jet=38.2/4=19.1N_{s,jet} = 38.2/\sqrt{4} = 19.1, inside the Pelton range.

Check of jet ratio: jet velocity Vj=0.982gHn=66.9V_j = 0.98\sqrt{2gH_n} = 66.9 m/s; bucket speed u=0.46Vju = 0.46V_j; runner diameter D=60u/(πN)=1.37D = 60u/(\pi N) = 1.37 m; jet diameter d=4(Q/z)/(πVj)=0.124d = \sqrt{4(Q/z)/(\pi V_j)} = 0.124 m; D/d=11.0>10D/d = 11.0 > 10, acceptable.

A Francis at 1000 rpm (Ns=89.0N_s = 89.0) is also possible, but the Pelton is preferred because (i) its efficiency stays nearly flat from about 20% to 100% load (jets can be switched off), which suits a run-of-river plant whose flow falls far below the design flow in the dry season, and (ii) it tolerates the heavy sediment of Himalayan rivers better, and worn buckets and needles are easier to repair.

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis 4-jet Pelton turbines, 428.6 rpm, about 6.89 MW each.

d) Single line diagram

 Line-1          Line-2  (66 kV, 35 km)
    |               |
  [CB]            [CB]
    |               |
 ===+=====+=========+===+=== 66 kV bus
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
        (T1)          (T2)
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
 =========+====[BS]=====+=========+=== 11 kV bus
          |             |         |
        [GCB]         [GCB]     [CB]
          |             |         |
        (G1)          (G2)      (ST)
                                  |
 =================================+===+ 0.4 kV
                                      |
                                    [ACB]
                                      |
                                    (DG) black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G28 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 428.6 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 21%
Step-up transformers T1–T28 MVA each, 11/66 kV, YNd11, XX = 9.15%
Station transformer ST250 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 4.5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG160 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line66 kV, double circuit, 35 km to grid substation
NGRneutral grounding resistor (low-resistance earthing, one generator earthed at a time if preferred)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

e) Rating of generator circuit breaker

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.21×1008=2.6250 pu,xt=0.0915×1008=1.1438 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.92×10−3×35=10.116 Ω per circuit; two in parallel=5.058 Ωxl=XL×100662=5.05843.56=0.1161 pu,xgrid=1001000=0.1000 puxgrid path=0.1000+0.1161=0.2161 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.21 \times \frac{100}{8} = 2.6250\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0915 \times \frac{100}{8} = 1.1438\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.92\times10^{-3} \times 35 = 10.116\ \Omega \text{ per circuit; two in parallel} = 5.058\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{66^2} = \frac{5.058}{43.56} = 0.1161\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{1000} = 0.1000\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.1000 + 0.1161 = 0.2161\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

All generators feed the common 11 kV bus, so the GCB is rated for the full 11 kV bus fault level (generators plus the grid through the step-up transformers):

Sgen=2×1002.6250=76.2 MVASgrid=100xt/2+xgrid path=1000.5719+0.2161=126.9 MVAS11kV=76.2+126.9=203.1 MVA\begin{aligned} S_{gen} &= 2 \times \frac{100}{2.6250} = 76.2\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{grid} &= \frac{100}{x_t/2 + x_{grid\ path}} = \frac{100}{0.5719 + 0.2161} = 126.9\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{11kV} &= 76.2 + 126.9 = 203.1\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned} Isc=203.13×11=10.66 kA,Imake=2.55×10.66=27.18 kA peakIFL=83×11=420 A,1.25IFL=525 A\begin{aligned} I_{sc} &= \frac{203.1}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 10.66\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 10.66 = 27.18\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{8}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 420\ \text{A}, \quad 1.25 I_{FL} = 525\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage11 kV system12 kV
Rated normal current≥ 525 A630 A
Breaking capacity203.1 MVA (10.66 kA)25 kA (520 MVA at 12 kV)
Making capacity27.18 kA peak63 kA peak
Short-time current–25 kA, 3 s
Type–Vacuum (or SF6), generator-duty tested (IEEE C37.013)

Answer: GCB fault level = 203.1 MVA; select a 12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA generator circuit breaker. The margin covers the DC component and delayed current zeros of generator faults; surge arresters and surge capacitors are fitted at the generator terminals when a VCB is used.

f) Type of bus bar

  • 11 kV: single bus bar with a bus-section breaker, units split between the two sections, so a bus fault or maintenance takes out only part of the plant.
  • 66 kV: single bus bar, sectionalised, with transformer bays and two line bays (double circuit).

Reason: for a 13.4 MW plant a sectionalised single bus gives reasonable reliability at low cost; a double bus or main-and-transfer bus would cost much more and is normally used only for larger plants or grid substations.

  • 2071 Bhadra · 16 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details.
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January4.62Qmax (Q0)210.00 m³/s
February3.80Q25%18.24 m³/s
March3.55Q45%7.82 m³/s
April4.55Q65%4.7 m³/s
May3.5Q85%3.10 m³/s
June12.70Q95%2.17 m³/s
July32.98Qmin0.64 m³/s
August40.26
September31.23
October15.00
November7.37
December4.80
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
ParameterValue
Gross head230 m
Turbine efficiency90%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency98%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance21%
Transformer reactance9.15%
Transmission line inductance0.95 mH/km
Transmission line length45 km
Transmission voltage level33 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitDouble circuit
Design a power plant so as to obtain the following parameters: a) Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q45%. b) Select the numbers of units and installed capacity. c) Select the type of turbine. d) Draw the single line diagram showing number of units, generator, power transformer, station transformer and diesel generator for black start. e) Suggest the type of bus bar to be used. f) Calculate the rating of the generator circuit breaker (GCB) to be used in your design.

Answer

Assumptions: riparian release = 10% of the driest monthly mean flow; net head = gross head minus 5% loss; ρg=9.81\rho g = 9.81 kN/m³; generator power factor 0.85; base = 100 MVA. For fault levels the grid is taken as a source of 500 MVA at the 33 kV grid substation at the far end of the line (an assumed typical value, since grid data is not given).

a) Electrical power output at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = May (3.5 m³/s), so riparian release Qr=0.1×3.5=0.35Q_r = 0.1 \times 3.5 = 0.35 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=7.82−0.35=7.470 m3/sHn=Hg(1−0.05)=230−11.50=218.50 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=9.81×7.470×218.50=16.012 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.9×16.012=14.411 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×14.411=13.978 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.98×13.978=13.699 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 7.82 - 0.35 = 7.470\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g(1 - 0.05) = 230 - 11.50 = 218.50\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 9.81 \times 7.470 \times 218.50 = 16.012\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.9 \times 16.012 = 14.411\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 14.411 = 13.978\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.98 \times 13.978 = 13.699\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 13.978 MW; power delivered to the 33 kV bus = 13.699 MW.

b) Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 2 units. With a run-of-river flow that falls well below the design flow in the dry months, one unit can run near full load on half the design flow, so efficiency stays high in winter.
  • One unit can be maintained while the other runs, and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=7.470/2=3.735Q = 7.470/2 = 3.735 m³/s, generator output =13.978/2=6.989= 13.978/2 = 6.989 MW → rate each unit at 7 MW.
  • Generator rating: S=7/0.85=8.24S = 7/0.85 = 8.24 MVA → 8.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer, one per unit: 10 MVA, 11/33 kV, YNd11 (next standard size above 8.5 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 7 MW = 14 MW.

c) Type of turbine

Hn=218.50H_n = 218.50 m lies in the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so the specific speed decides.

Shaft power per unit P=14.411/2=7205.3P = 14.411/2 = 7205.3 kW. With N=120f/pN = 120f/p (synchronous speeds) and Ns=NP/Hn5/4N_s = N\sqrt{P}/H_n^{5/4}, where Hn5/4=840.1H_n^{5/4} = 840.1:

NN (rpm)PolesNsN_s (metric, kW)
10006101.0
750875.8
6001060.6
5001250.5
428.61443.3
3751637.9
333.31833.7

Usual ranges: Pelton about 10–30 per jet (multi-jet Ns=Ns,jetzN_s = N_{s,jet}\sqrt{z}), Francis about 60–300, Kaplan 300–1000.

Choose N=375N = 375 rpm (16 poles): Ns=37.9N_s = 37.9. With 4 jets, Ns,jet=37.9/4=18.9N_{s,jet} = 37.9/\sqrt{4} = 18.9, inside the Pelton range.

Check of jet ratio: jet velocity Vj=0.982gHn=64.2V_j = 0.98\sqrt{2gH_n} = 64.2 m/s; bucket speed u=0.46Vju = 0.46V_j; runner diameter D=60u/(πN)=1.50D = 60u/(\pi N) = 1.50 m; jet diameter d=4(Q/z)/(πVj)=0.136d = \sqrt{4(Q/z)/(\pi V_j)} = 0.136 m; D/d=11.0>10D/d = 11.0 > 10, acceptable.

A Francis at 1000 rpm (Ns=101.0N_s = 101.0) is also possible, but the Pelton is preferred because (i) its efficiency stays nearly flat from about 20% to 100% load (jets can be switched off), which suits a run-of-river plant whose flow falls far below the design flow in the dry season, and (ii) it tolerates the heavy sediment of Himalayan rivers better, and worn buckets and needles are easier to repair.

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis 4-jet Pelton turbines, 375 rpm, about 7.21 MW each.

d) Single line diagram

 Line-1          Line-2  (33 kV, 45 km)
    |               |
  [CB]            [CB]
    |               |
 ===+=====+=========+===+=== 33 kV bus
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
        (T1)          (T2)
          |             |
        [CB]          [CB]
          |             |
 =========+====[BS]=====+=========+=== 11 kV bus
          |             |         |
        [GCB]         [GCB]     [CB]
          |             |         |
        (G1)          (G2)      (ST)
                                  |
 =================================+===+ 0.4 kV
                                      |
                                    [ACB]
                                      |
                                    (DG) black start
ItemRating
Generators G1–G28.5 MVA, 11 kV, 0.85 pf, 375 rpm, Xd′′X''_d = 21%
Step-up transformers T1–T210 MVA each, 11/33 kV, YNd11, XX = 9.15%
Station transformer ST250 kVA, 11/0.4 kV, Dyn11, 4.5% (aux load about 1.5% of capacity)
Diesel generator DG160 kVA, 0.4 kV (essential auxiliaries for black start)
Line33 kV, double circuit, 45 km to grid substation
NGRneutral grounding resistor (low-resistance earthing, one generator earthed at a time if preferred)

BS = bus section breaker, GCB = generator circuit breaker, ACB = air circuit breaker. Black start: with the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting and battery chargers), one unit is started and runs in island mode, and it then energises the step-up transformer and the line.

e) Type of bus bar

  • 11 kV: single bus bar with a bus-section breaker, units split between the two sections, so a bus fault or maintenance takes out only part of the plant.
  • 33 kV: single bus bar, sectionalised, with transformer bays and two line bays (double circuit).

Reason: for a 14 MW plant a sectionalised single bus gives reasonable reliability at low cost; a double bus or main-and-transfer bus would cost much more and is normally used only for larger plants or grid substations.

f) Rating of generator circuit breaker (GCB)

Per-unit reactances on 100 MVA base:

xg=0.21×1008.5=2.4706 pu,xt=0.0915×10010=0.9150 puXL=2πfLl=2π×50×0.95×10−3×45=13.430 Ω per circuit; two in parallel=6.715 Ωxl=XL×100332=6.71510.89=0.6166 pu,xgrid=100500=0.2000 puxgrid path=0.2000+0.6166=0.8166 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.21 \times \frac{100}{8.5} = 2.4706\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0915 \times \frac{100}{10} = 0.9150\ \text{pu} \\ X_L &= 2\pi f L l = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.95\times10^{-3} \times 45 = 13.430\ \Omega \text{ per circuit; two in parallel} = 6.715\ \Omega \\ x_l &= \frac{X_L \times 100}{33^2} = \frac{6.715}{10.89} = 0.6166\ \text{pu}, \quad x_{grid} = \frac{100}{500} = 0.2000\ \text{pu} \\ x_{grid\ path} &= 0.2000 + 0.6166 = 0.8166\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}

All generators feed the common 11 kV bus, so the GCB is rated for the full 11 kV bus fault level (generators plus the grid through the step-up transformers):

Sgen=2×1002.4706=81.0 MVASgrid=100xt/2+xgrid path=1000.4575+0.8166=78.5 MVAS11kV=81.0+78.5=159.4 MVA\begin{aligned} S_{gen} &= 2 \times \frac{100}{2.4706} = 81.0\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{grid} &= \frac{100}{x_t/2 + x_{grid\ path}} = \frac{100}{0.4575 + 0.8166} = 78.5\ \text{MVA} \\ S_{11kV} &= 81.0 + 78.5 = 159.4\ \text{MVA} \end{aligned} Isc=159.43×11=8.37 kA,Imake=2.55×8.37=21.34 kA peakIFL=8.53×11=446 A,1.25IFL=558 A\begin{aligned} I_{sc} &= \frac{159.4}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 8.37\ \text{kA}, \quad I_{make} = 2.55 \times 8.37 = 21.34\ \text{kA peak} \\ I_{FL} &= \frac{8.5}{\sqrt{3} \times 11} = 446\ \text{A}, \quad 1.25 I_{FL} = 558\ \text{A} \end{aligned}
ParameterRequiredSelected
Rated voltage11 kV system12 kV
Rated normal current≥ 558 A630 A
Breaking capacity159.4 MVA (8.37 kA)25 kA (520 MVA at 12 kV)
Making capacity21.34 kA peak63 kA peak
Short-time current–25 kA, 3 s
Type–Vacuum (or SF6), generator-duty tested (IEEE C37.013)

Answer: GCB fault level = 159.4 MVA; select a 12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA generator circuit breaker. The margin covers the DC component and delayed current zeros of generator faults; surge arresters and surge capacitors are fitted at the generator terminals when a VCB is used.

  • 2070 Magh · 16 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details:
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January4.62Qmax (Q0)207.00 m³/s
February3.80Q25%18.24 m³/s
March3.55Q45%6.82 m³/s
April4.55Q65%4.7 m³/s
May3.22Q85%3.10 m³/s
June12.70Q95%2.17 m³/s
July32.98Qmin0.64 m³/s
August40.26
September31.23
October15.00
November7.37
December4.80
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
ParameterValue
Gross head200 m
Turbine efficiency90%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency98%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance21%
Transformer reactance9.15%
Transmission line inductance0.95 mH/km
Transmission line length25 km
Transmission voltage level33 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitDouble circuit
Design a power plant so as to obtain the following parameters: a) Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q45% b) Select the numbers of units and installed capacity c) Draw the single line diagram showing number of units, generator, power transformer, station transformer and diesel generator for black start d) Select the type of turbine e) Suggest the type of bus bar to be used f) Calculate the MVA level of LV bus, MV bus and HV bus g) Calculate the rating of circuit breaker to be used in your design (Assume suitable data if required and the necessary graph is attached herewith)

Answer

Take riparian release as 10% of the driest monthly mean flow, net head = gross head minus 5% loss, and two generating units. The grid's fault contribution is neglected because grid data is not given (only the plant's generators feed a fault).

a) Electrical power output at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = May (3.22 m³/s), so riparian release =0.1×3.22=0.322= 0.1 \times 3.22 = 0.322 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=6.82−0.322=6.498 m3/sHn=Hg−0.05Hg=200−10.0=190.0 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=1000×9.81×6.498×190.0=12.112 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.90×12.112=10.900 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×10.900=10.573 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.98×10.573=10.362 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 6.82 - 0.322 = 6.498\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g - 0.05H_g = 200 - 10.0 = 190.0\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 1000 \times 9.81 \times 6.498 \times 190.0 = 12.112\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.90 \times 12.112 = 10.900\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 10.900 = 10.573\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.98 \times 10.573 = 10.362\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 10.573 MW; power delivered to the 33 kV bus = 10.362 MW.

b) Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 2 units. The plant runs on Q45%Q_{45\%}, so in the dry season (flow below about Q65%Q_{65\%}) one unit can still run near its best efficiency; one unit can be maintained while the other runs; and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=6.498/2=3.249Q = 6.498/2 = 3.249 m³/s, generator output =10.573/2=5.287= 10.573/2 = 5.287 MW.
  • Generator rating: 5.3 MW at 0.85 pf, i.e. S=5.3/0.85=6.24S = 5.3/0.85 = 6.24 MVA → 6.25 MVA, 11 kV, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer: one per unit, 6.3 MVA, 11/33 kV, YNd11, 9.15% (next standard size above 6.25 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 5.3 MW = 10.6 MW.

c) Single line diagram

     Line-1 33 kV        Line-2 33 kV
     (25 km)             (25 km)
         |                   |
        [CB]                [CB]
         |                   |
 33 kV ==+=======[BS]========+== 
         |                   |
        [CB]                [CB]
         |                   |
        (T1)                (T2)
     11/33 kV 6.3 MVA     11/33 kV 6.3 MVA
         |                   |
        [CB]                [CB]
         |                   |
 11 kV ==+=====[BS]======+===+===+==
         |               |       |
       [GCB]           [GCB]    [CB]
         |               |       |
        (G1)            (G2)    (ST) 11/0.4 kV
      6.25 MVA       6.25 MVA       250 kVA
                                 |
               0.4 kV aux bus ===+===+==
                                     |
                                   [ACB]
                                     |
                                   (DG) 200 kVA

BS = bus section breaker; ST = station (auxiliary) transformer; DG = diesel generator for black start. With the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting, battery chargers), so a unit can be started without outside supply.

d) Selection of turbine

Hn=190.0H_n = 190.0 m lies in both the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so specific speed decides. Per-unit shaft power P=10.900/2=5450P = 10.900/2 = 5450 kW; take N=1000N = 1000 rpm (6-pole, 50 Hz synchronous speed).

Ns=NPHn5/4=1000×73.83705.4=104.7 (metric, kW)\begin{aligned} N_s &= \frac{N\sqrt{P}}{H_n^{5/4}} = \frac{1000 \times 73.83}{705.4} = 104.7\ \text{(metric, kW)} \end{aligned}

A single-jet Pelton suits Ns≈10N_s \approx 10–3535 (up to about 60–70 with multiple jets); a Francis suits Ns≈60N_s \approx 60–300300. Ns=104.7N_s = 104.7 falls in the slow-to-medium Francis range, and a Francis has good efficiency at this discharge per unit (about 3.249 m³/s).

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis Francis turbines, 1000 rpm.

e) Type of bus bar

  • 11 kV: single bus bar with a bus-section breaker. Each half carries one unit, so a bus fault or maintenance takes out only one unit.
  • 33 kV switchyard: single bus bar, sectionalised, with one bay for each circuit of the double-circuit line. This is simple and cheap for a 10.6 MW, 2-unit plant. A double bus or main-and-transfer bus costs more and is normally used only in larger plants or grid nodes.

f) MVA (fault) level of the LV, MV and HV buses

Take LV = 0.4 kV auxiliary bus, MV = 11 kV generator bus, HV = 33 kV switchyard bus. Base = 10 MVA. Station transformer assumed 250 kVA, 4.5%.

xg=0.21×106.25=0.3360 pu,xt=0.0915×106.3=0.1452 puxst=0.045×100.25=1.8 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.21 \times \frac{10}{6.25} = 0.3360\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0915 \times \frac{10}{6.3} = 0.1452\ \text{pu} \\ x_{st} &= 0.045 \times \frac{10}{0.25} = 1.8\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}
Fault locationEquivalent XX (pu)Fault MVA =10/X=10/XIscI_{sc} (kA)
MV bus (11 kV)xg/2=0.1680x_g/2 = 0.168059.53.12
HV bus (33 kV)(xg+xt)/2=0.2406(x_g+x_t)/2 = 0.240641.60.727
LV bus (0.4 kV)0.1680+1.8=1.9680.1680 + 1.8 = 1.9685.087.33

Line check (remote end): XL=2π×50×0.95×10−3×25=7.461 ΩX_L = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.95\times10^{-3} \times 25 = 7.461\ \Omega per circuit, 3.731 Ω for both circuits in parallel. Zb=332/10=108.90 ΩZ_b = 33^2/10 = 108.90\ \Omega, so xL=0.0343x_L = 0.0343 pu. Fault level at the far end of the line is 10/0.2749=36.410/0.2749 = 36.4 MVA (0.636 kA).

Answer: LV ≈ 5.08 MVA, MV ≈ 59.5 MVA, HV ≈ 41.6 MVA.

g) Rating of circuit breakers

Making current = 2.55×Isc2.55 \times I_{sc} (peak, IEC 62271-100). Rated current ≥ 1.25 × full-load current.

ItemGenerator CB (11 kV)HV line/transformer CB (33 kV)
Full-load current6.25/(3×11)=3286.25/(\sqrt3 \times 11) = 328 A110 A per transformer, 220 A total
Required breaking3.12 kA (59.5 MVA)0.727 kA (41.6 MVA)
Required making7.97 kA peak1.85 kA peak
Selected rating12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA, VCB36 kV, 630 A, 25 kA, SF6

Answer: GCB: 12 kV, 630 A, breaking capacity ≥ 59.5 MVA (3.12 kA); 33 kV CB: 36 kV, 630 A, breaking capacity ≥ 41.6 MVA (0.727 kA). Standard 25 kA breakers are chosen because they cost little more and leave margin for the grid's fault contribution and future units.

  • 2070 Bhadra · 16 marks

A typical hydro power plant has the following details.
MonthDischarge (m³/s)Flow durationDischarge (m³/s)
January4.9Qmax (Q0)207.00 m³/s
February3.86Q25%18.24 m³/s
March3.58Q45%6.87 m³/s
April4.55Q65%4.7 m³/s
May3.22Q85%3.10 m³/s
June12.77Q95%2.17 m³/s
July32.95Qmin0.64 m³/s
August40.26
September31.23
October15.05
November7.38
December4.85
Turbine typeHead range (m)
Kaplan2 < H < 40
Francis10 < H < 350
Pelton50 < H < 1300
ParameterValue
Gross head230 m
Turbine efficiency90%
Generator efficiency97%
Transformer efficiency98%
Head loss5%
Riparian release10%
Generator sub-transient reactance21%
Transformer reactance9.15%
Transmission line inductance0.95 mH/km
Transmission line length20 km
Transmission voltage level33 kV
Generator voltage level11 kV
Transmission circuitDouble circuit
Design a power plant so as to obtain the following parameters: a) Electrical power output taking design discharge as Q45% b) Select the numbers of units and installed capacity c) Draw the single line diagram showing number of units, generator, power transformer, station transformer and diesel generator for black start d) Select the type of turbine e) Suggest the type of bus bar to be used f) Calculate the MVA level of LV bus, MV bus and HV bus. g) Calculate the rating of circuit breaker to be used in your design (Assume suitable data if required and the necessary graph is attached herewith)

Answer

Take riparian release as 10% of the driest monthly mean flow, net head = gross head minus 5% loss, and two generating units. The grid's fault contribution is neglected because grid data is not given (only the plant's generators feed a fault).

a) Electrical power output at Q45%Q_{45\%}

Driest month = May (3.22 m³/s), so riparian release =0.1×3.22=0.322= 0.1 \times 3.22 = 0.322 m³/s.

Qd=Q45%−Qr=6.87−0.322=6.548 m3/sHn=Hg−0.05Hg=230−11.5=218.5 mPhyd=ρgQdHn=1000×9.81×6.548×218.5=14.036 MWPshaft=ηtPhyd=0.90×14.036=12.632 MWPgen=ηgPshaft=0.97×12.632=12.253 MWPout=ηtrPgen=0.98×12.253=12.008 MW\begin{aligned} Q_d &= Q_{45\%} - Q_r = 6.87 - 0.322 = 6.548\ \text{m}^3/\text{s} \\ H_n &= H_g - 0.05H_g = 230 - 11.5 = 218.5\ \text{m} \\ P_{hyd} &= \rho g Q_d H_n = 1000 \times 9.81 \times 6.548 \times 218.5 = 14.036\ \text{MW} \\ P_{shaft} &= \eta_t P_{hyd} = 0.90 \times 14.036 = 12.632\ \text{MW} \\ P_{gen} &= \eta_g P_{shaft} = 0.97 \times 12.632 = 12.253\ \text{MW} \\ P_{out} &= \eta_{tr} P_{gen} = 0.98 \times 12.253 = 12.008\ \text{MW} \end{aligned}

Answer: generator output = 12.253 MW; power delivered to the 33 kV bus = 12.008 MW.

b) Number of units and installed capacity

  • Choose 2 units. The plant runs on Q45%Q_{45\%}, so in the dry season (flow below about Q65%Q_{65\%}) one unit can still run near its best efficiency; one unit can be maintained while the other runs; and two units keep the number of machines (and cost) low for a plant of this size.
  • Per unit: Q=6.548/2=3.274Q = 6.548/2 = 3.274 m³/s, generator output =12.253/2=6.127= 12.253/2 = 6.127 MW.
  • Generator rating: 6.2 MW at 0.85 pf, i.e. S=6.2/0.85=7.29S = 6.2/0.85 = 7.29 MVA → 7.5 MVA, 11 kV, 50 Hz.
  • Step-up transformer: one per unit, 8 MVA, 11/33 kV, YNd11, 9.15% (next standard size above 7.5 MVA).

Answer: installed capacity = 2 × 6.2 MW = 12.4 MW.

c) Single line diagram

     Line-1 33 kV        Line-2 33 kV
     (20 km)             (20 km)
         |                   |
        [CB]                [CB]
         |                   |
 33 kV ==+=======[BS]========+== 
         |                   |
        [CB]                [CB]
         |                   |
        (T1)                (T2)
     11/33 kV 8 MVA     11/33 kV 8 MVA
         |                   |
        [CB]                [CB]
         |                   |
 11 kV ==+=====[BS]======+===+===+==
         |               |       |
       [GCB]           [GCB]    [CB]
         |               |       |
        (G1)            (G2)    (ST) 11/0.4 kV
      7.5 MVA       7.5 MVA       250 kVA
                                 |
               0.4 kV aux bus ===+===+==
                                     |
                                   [ACB]
                                     |
                                   (DG) 200 kVA

BS = bus section breaker; ST = station (auxiliary) transformer; DG = diesel generator for black start. With the grid dead, the DG energises the 0.4 kV auxiliary bus (governor oil pumps, cooling water, excitation field flashing, lighting, battery chargers), so a unit can be started without outside supply.

d) Selection of turbine

Hn=218.5H_n = 218.5 m lies in both the Francis (10–350 m) and Pelton (50–1300 m) ranges, so specific speed decides. Per-unit shaft power P=12.632/2=6316P = 12.632/2 = 6316 kW; take N=1000N = 1000 rpm (6-pole, 50 Hz synchronous speed).

Ns=NPHn5/4=1000×79.47840.1=94.6 (metric, kW)\begin{aligned} N_s &= \frac{N\sqrt{P}}{H_n^{5/4}} = \frac{1000 \times 79.47}{840.1} = 94.6\ \text{(metric, kW)} \end{aligned}

A single-jet Pelton suits Ns≈10N_s \approx 10–3535 (up to about 60–70 with multiple jets); a Francis suits Ns≈60N_s \approx 60–300300. Ns=94.6N_s = 94.6 falls in the slow-to-medium Francis range, and a Francis has good efficiency at this discharge per unit (about 3.274 m³/s).

Answer: 2 × vertical-axis Francis turbines, 1000 rpm.

e) Type of bus bar

  • 11 kV: single bus bar with a bus-section breaker. Each half carries one unit, so a bus fault or maintenance takes out only one unit.
  • 33 kV switchyard: single bus bar, sectionalised, with one bay for each circuit of the double-circuit line. This is simple and cheap for a 12.4 MW, 2-unit plant. A double bus or main-and-transfer bus costs more and is normally used only in larger plants or grid nodes.

f) MVA (fault) level of the LV, MV and HV buses

Take LV = 0.4 kV auxiliary bus, MV = 11 kV generator bus, HV = 33 kV switchyard bus. Base = 10 MVA. Station transformer assumed 250 kVA, 4.5%.

xg=0.21×107.5=0.2800 pu,xt=0.0915×108=0.1144 puxst=0.045×100.25=1.8 pu\begin{aligned} x_g &= 0.21 \times \frac{10}{7.5} = 0.2800\ \text{pu}, \quad x_t = 0.0915 \times \frac{10}{8} = 0.1144\ \text{pu} \\ x_{st} &= 0.045 \times \frac{10}{0.25} = 1.8\ \text{pu} \end{aligned}
Fault locationEquivalent XX (pu)Fault MVA =10/X=10/XIscI_{sc} (kA)
MV bus (11 kV)xg/2=0.1400x_g/2 = 0.140071.43.75
HV bus (33 kV)(xg+xt)/2=0.1972(x_g+x_t)/2 = 0.197250.70.887
LV bus (0.4 kV)0.1400+1.8=1.9400.1400 + 1.8 = 1.9405.157.44

Line check (remote end): XL=2π×50×0.95×10−3×20=5.969 ΩX_L = 2\pi \times 50 \times 0.95\times10^{-3} \times 20 = 5.969\ \Omega per circuit, 2.985 Ω for both circuits in parallel. Zb=332/10=108.90 ΩZ_b = 33^2/10 = 108.90\ \Omega, so xL=0.0274x_L = 0.0274 pu. Fault level at the far end of the line is 10/0.2246=44.510/0.2246 = 44.5 MVA (0.779 kA).

Answer: LV ≈ 5.15 MVA, MV ≈ 71.4 MVA, HV ≈ 50.7 MVA.

g) Rating of circuit breakers

Making current = 2.55×Isc2.55 \times I_{sc} (peak, IEC 62271-100). Rated current ≥ 1.25 × full-load current.

ItemGenerator CB (11 kV)HV line/transformer CB (33 kV)
Full-load current7.5/(3×11)=3947.5/(\sqrt3 \times 11) = 394 A140 A per transformer, 280 A total
Required breaking3.75 kA (71.4 MVA)0.887 kA (50.7 MVA)
Required making9.56 kA peak2.26 kA peak
Selected rating12 kV, 630 A, 25 kA, VCB36 kV, 630 A, 25 kA, SF6

Answer: GCB: 12 kV, 630 A, breaking capacity ≥ 71.4 MVA (3.75 kA); 33 kV CB: 36 kV, 630 A, breaking capacity ≥ 50.7 MVA (0.887 kA). Standard 25 kA breakers are chosen because they cost little more and leave margin for the grid's fault contribution and future units.

Questions from Old Question Collection (EE 753) (IOE EE 753 exam papers from 2070 Magh to 2082 Shrawan), Question bank (ioesolutions) (IOE EE 753 exam papers from 2070 Bhadra to 2074 Magh) and Old questions (NCE Library) (IOE EE 753 exam papers from 2070 Bhadra to 2080 Chaitra). Answers are written for this site; check them against your class notes.

Chapter titles and hours from the IOE syllabus ↗